SemaDecl.cpp revision 591dc84101228dc391fca05193be5870ec661edc
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 43#include <algorithm> 44#include <cstring> 45#include <functional> 46using namespace clang; 47using namespace sema; 48 49Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 50 if (OwnedType) { 51 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 52 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 53 } 54 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 56} 57 58/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 59/// return the declaration of that type. 60/// 61/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 62/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 63/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 64/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 65/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 66/// 67/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 68/// and then return NULL. 69ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 70 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 71 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 72 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 73 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 74 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 75 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 76 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 77 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 78 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 79 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 80 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 81 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 82 83 if (!LookupCtx) { 84 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 85 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 86 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 87 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 88 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 89 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 90 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 91 // 92 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 93 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 94 if (!isClassName) 95 return ParsedType(); 96 97 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 98 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 99 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 100 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 101 102 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 103 QualType T = 104 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 105 II, NameLoc); 106 107 return ParsedType::make(T); 108 } 109 110 return ParsedType(); 111 } 112 113 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 114 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 115 return ParsedType(); 116 } 117 118 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 119 // lookup for class-names. 120 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 121 LookupOrdinaryName; 122 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 123 if (LookupCtx) { 124 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 125 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 126 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 127 // nested-name-specifier. 128 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 129 130 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 131 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 132 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 133 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 134 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 135 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 136 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 137 LookupName(Result, S); 138 } 139 } else { 140 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 141 LookupName(Result, S); 142 } 143 144 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 145 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 146 case LookupResult::NotFound: 147 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 148 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 149 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 150 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 151 return ParsedType(); 152 153 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 154 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 155 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 156 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 157 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 158 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 159 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 160 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 161 return ParsedType(); 162 } 163 164 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 165 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 166 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 167 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 168 if (!IIDecl || 169 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 170 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 171 IIDecl = *Res; 172 } 173 } 174 175 if (!IIDecl) { 176 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 177 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 178 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 179 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 180 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 181 // a type name. 182 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 183 return ParsedType(); 184 } 185 186 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 187 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 188 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 189 // perform the name lookup again. 190 break; 191 192 case LookupResult::Found: 193 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 194 break; 195 } 196 197 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 198 199 QualType T; 200 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 201 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 202 203 if (T.isNull()) 204 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 205 206 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 207 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 208 // Construct a type with type-source information. 209 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 210 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 211 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 214 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 215 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 216 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 217 } else { 218 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 219 } 220 } 221 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 222 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 223 if (!HasTrailingDot) 224 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 225 } 226 227 if (T.isNull()) { 228 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 229 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 230 return ParsedType(); 231 } 232 return ParsedType::make(T); 233} 234 235/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 236/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 237/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 238/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 239/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 240DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 241 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 242 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 243 LookupName(R, S, false); 244 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 245 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 246 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 247 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 248 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 249 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 250 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 251 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 252 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 253 } 254 } 255 256 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 257} 258 259/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 260/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 261/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 262/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 263/// @code 264/// template<class T> class A { 265/// public: 266/// typedef int TYPE; 267/// }; 268/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 269/// public: 270/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 271/// }; 272/// @endcode 273bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 274 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 275 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 276 277 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 278 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 279 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 280 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 281 return true; 282 } 283 return false; 284} 285 286bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 287 SourceLocation IILoc, 288 Scope *S, 289 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 290 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 291 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 292 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 293 294 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 295 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 296 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 297 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, NULL, 298 false, CTC_Type)) { 299 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 300 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 301 302 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 303 // We corrected to a keyword. 304 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 305 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 306 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 307 return true; 308 } else { 309 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 310 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 311 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 312 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 313 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 314 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 315 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 316 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 317 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 318 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 319 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 320 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 321 else 322 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 323 324 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 325 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 326 327 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 328 false, false, ParsedType(), 329 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 330 return true; 331 } 332 } 333 } 334 335 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 336 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 337 UnqualifiedId Name; 338 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 339 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 340 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 341 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 342 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 343 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 344 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 345 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 346 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 347 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 348 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 349 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 350 } 351 return true; 352 } 353 } 354 355 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 356 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 357 358 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 359 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 360 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 361 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 362 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 363 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 364 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 365 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 366 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 367 368 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 369 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 370 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 371 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 372 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 373 } else { 374 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 375 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 376 } 377 378 return true; 379} 380 381/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 382/// or 383static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 384 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 385 NextToken.is(tok::less); 386 387 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 388 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 389 return true; 390 391 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 392 return true; 393 } 394 395 return false; 396} 397 398Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 399 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 400 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 401 SourceLocation NameLoc, 402 const Token &NextToken) { 403 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 404 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 405 406 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 407 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 408 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 409 410 } 411 412 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 413 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 414 415 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 416 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 417 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 418 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 419 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 420 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 421 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 422 return E; 423 } 424 425 bool SecondTry = false; 426 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 427 428Corrected: 429 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 430 case LookupResult::NotFound: 431 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 432 // call. 433 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 434 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 435 // FIXME: Reference? 436 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 437 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 438 439 // C90 6.3.2.2: 440 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 441 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 442 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 443 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 444 // the function call, the declaration 445 // 446 // extern int identifier (); 447 // 448 // appeared. 449 // 450 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 451 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 452 Result.addDecl(D); 453 Result.resolveKind(); 454 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 455 } 456 } 457 458 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 459 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 460 // "struct", or "union". 461 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 462 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 463 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 464 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 465 const char *TagName = 0; 466 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 467 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 468 case TTK_Class: 469 TagName = "class"; 470 FixItTagName = "class "; 471 break; 472 473 case TTK_Enum: 474 TagName = "enum"; 475 FixItTagName = "enum "; 476 break; 477 478 case TTK_Struct: 479 TagName = "struct"; 480 FixItTagName = "struct "; 481 break; 482 483 case TTK_Union: 484 TagName = "union"; 485 FixItTagName = "union "; 486 break; 487 } 488 489 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 490 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 491 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 492 break; 493 } 494 495 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 496 } 497 498 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 499 // close to this name. 500 if (!SecondTry) { 501 SecondTry = true; 502 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 503 Result.getLookupKind(), S, &SS)) { 504 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 505 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 506 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 507 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 508 509 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 510 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 511 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 512 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 513 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 514 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 515 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 516 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 517 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 518 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 519 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 520 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 521 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 522 } 523 524 if (SS.isEmpty()) 525 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 526 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 527 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 528 else 529 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 530 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 531 << SS.getRange() 532 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 533 534 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 535 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 536 537 // Also update the LookupResult... 538 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 539 Result.clear(); 540 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 541 if (FirstDecl) Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 542 543 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 544 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 545 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 546 547 if (FirstDecl) 548 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 549 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 550 551 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 552 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 553 // reference the ivar. 554 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 555 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 556 Result.clear(); 557 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 558 return move(E); 559 } 560 561 goto Corrected; 562 } 563 } 564 565 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 566 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 567 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 568 569 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 570 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 571 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 572 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 573 574 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 575 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 576 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 577 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 578 // qualified by the keyword typename. 579 // 580 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 581 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 582 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 583 // keyword here. 584 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 585 586 case LookupResult::Found: 587 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 588 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 589 break; 590 591 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 592 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 593 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 594 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 595 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 596 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 597 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 598 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 599 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 600 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 601 // ambiguous. 602 // 603 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 604 // so try again after filtering out template names. 605 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 606 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 607 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 608 break; 609 } 610 } 611 612 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 613 return NameClassification::Error(); 614 } 615 616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 617 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 618 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 619 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 620 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 621 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 622 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 623 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 624 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 625 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 626 627 if (!Result.empty()) { 628 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 629 TemplateName Template; 630 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 631 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 632 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 633 Result.end()); 634 } else { 635 TemplateDecl *TD 636 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 637 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 638 639 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 640 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 641 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 642 TD); 643 else 644 Template = TemplateName(TD); 645 } 646 647 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 648 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 649 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 650 // to based on which function we selected. 651 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 652 653 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 654 } 655 656 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 657 } 658 } 659 660 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 661 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 662 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 663 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 664 return ParsedType::make(T); 665 } 666 667 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 668 if (!Class) { 669 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 670 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 671 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 672 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 673 } 674 675 if (Class) { 676 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 677 678 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 679 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 680 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 681 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 682 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 683 } 684 685 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 686 return ParsedType::make(T); 687 } 688 689 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 690 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, Result, 0); 691 692 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 693 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 694} 695 696// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 697// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 698// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 699DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 700 701 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 702 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 703 // the context we'll need to return to. 704 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 705 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 706 707 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 708 // lexical context. 709 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC; 711 712 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 713 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 714 // class is the context we need to return to. 715 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 716 DC = RD; 717 718 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 719 // declared in. 720 return DC; 721 } 722 723 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 724} 725 726void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 727 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 728 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 729 CurContext = DC; 730 S->setEntity(DC); 731} 732 733void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 734 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 735 736 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 737 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 738} 739 740/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 741/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 742/// 743void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 744 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 745 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 746 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 747 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 748 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 749 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 750 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 751 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 752 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 753 // namespace. 754 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 755 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 756 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 757 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 758 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 759 760 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 761 762#ifndef NDEBUG 763 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 764 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 765 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 766#endif 767 768 CurContext = DC; 769 S->setEntity(DC); 770} 771 772void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 773 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 774 775 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 776 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 777 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 778 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 779 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 780 781 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 782 // disappear. 783} 784 785 786void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 787 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 788 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 789 // We assume that the caller has already called 790 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 791 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 792 } 793 if (!FD) 794 return; 795 796 PushDeclContext(S, FD); 797 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 798 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 799 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 800 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 801 S->AddDecl(Param); 802 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 803 } 804 } 805} 806 807 808/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 809/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 810/// 811/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 812/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 813/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 814/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 815/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 816/// attribute. 817static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 818 ASTContext &Context) { 819 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 820 return true; 821 822 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 823 return true; 824 825 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 826 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 827} 828 829/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 830void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 831 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 832 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 833 // scope. 834 while (S->getEntity() && 835 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 836 S = S->getParent(); 837 838 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 839 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 840 // into any context. 841 if (AddToContext) 842 CurContext->addDecl(D); 843 844 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 845 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 846 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 847 D->isOutOfLine()) 848 return; 849 850 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 851 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 852 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 853 return; 854 855 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 856 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 857 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 858 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 859 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 860 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 861 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 862 863 // Should only need to replace one decl. 864 break; 865 } 866 } 867 868 S->AddDecl(D); 869 870 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 871 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 872 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 873 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 874 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 875 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 876 if (IDC == CurContext) { 877 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 878 continue; 879 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 880 break; 881 } 882 883 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 884 } else { 885 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 886 } 887} 888 889bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 890 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 891 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 892 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 893} 894 895Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 896 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 897 do { 898 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 899 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 900 return S; 901 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 902 903 return 0; 904} 905 906static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 907 DeclContext*, 908 ASTContext&); 909 910/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 911/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 912void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 913 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 914 bool ConsiderLinkage, 915 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 916 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 917 while (F.hasNext()) { 918 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 919 920 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 921 continue; 922 923 if (ConsiderLinkage && 924 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 925 continue; 926 927 F.erase(); 928 } 929 930 F.done(); 931} 932 933static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 934 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 935 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 936 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 937} 938 939/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 940static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 941 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 942 while (F.hasNext()) 943 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 944 F.erase(); 945 946 F.done(); 947} 948 949/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 950/// @code 951/// class S { 952/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 953/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 954/// }; 955/// @endcode 956static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 957 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 958 // the decl here. 959 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 960 return false; 961 962 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 963 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 964 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 965 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 966 return false; 967} 968 969bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 970 assert(D); 971 972 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 973 return false; 974 975 // Ignore class templates. 976 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 977 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 978 return false; 979 980 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 981 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 982 return false; 983 984 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 985 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 986 return false; 987 } else { 988 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 989 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 990 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 991 return false; 992 } 993 994 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 995 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 996 return false; 997 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 998 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 999 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1000 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1001 return false; 1002 1003 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1004 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1005 return false; 1006 1007 } else { 1008 return false; 1009 } 1010 1011 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1012 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1013 return false; 1014 1015 return true; 1016} 1017 1018void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1019 if (!D) 1020 return; 1021 1022 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1023 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1024 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1025 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1026 } 1027 1028 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1029 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1030 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1031 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1032 } 1033 1034 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1035 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1036 } 1037 1038static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1039 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1040 return false; 1041 1042 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1043 return false; 1044 1045 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1046 return true; 1047 1048 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1049 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1050 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1051 return false; 1052 1053 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1054 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1055 1056 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1057 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1058 1059 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1060 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1061 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1062 return false; 1063 } 1064 1065 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1066 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1067 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1068 return false; 1069 1070 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1071 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1072 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1073 return false; 1074 1075 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1076 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1077 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1078 // has no side effects. 1079 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1080 return false; 1081 } 1082 } 1083 1084 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1085 } 1086 1087 return true; 1088} 1089 1090static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1091 FixItHint &Hint) { 1092 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1093 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1094 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1095 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1096 return; 1097 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1098 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1099 } 1100 return; 1101} 1102 1103/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1104/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1105void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1106 FixItHint Hint; 1107 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1108 return; 1109 1110 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1111 1112 unsigned DiagID; 1113 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1114 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1115 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1116 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1117 else 1118 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1119 1120 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1121} 1122 1123static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1124 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1125 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1126 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1127 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1128 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1129} 1130 1131void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1132 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1133 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1134 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1135 1136 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1137 I != E; ++I) { 1138 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1139 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1140 1141 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1142 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1143 1144 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1145 1146 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1147 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1148 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1149 1150 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1151 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1152 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1153 1154 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1155 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1156 } 1157} 1158 1159/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1160/// 1161/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1162/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1163/// to the fixed name. 1164/// 1165/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1166/// 1167/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1168/// if there is no class with the given name. 1169/// 1170/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1171/// class could not be found. 1172ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1173 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1174 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1175 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1176 // creation from this context. 1177 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1178 1179 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1180 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1181 // find an Objective-C class name. 1182 TypoCorrection C; 1183 if ((C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1184 TUScope, NULL, NULL, false, CTC_NoKeywords)) && 1185 (IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1186 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1187 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1188 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1189 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1190 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1191 1192 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1193 } 1194 } 1195 1196 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1197} 1198 1199/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1200/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1201/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1202/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1203/// ill-formed in C++: 1204/// @code 1205/// struct S6 { 1206/// enum { BAR } e; 1207/// }; 1208/// 1209/// void test_S6() { 1210/// struct S6 a; 1211/// a.e = BAR; 1212/// } 1213/// @endcode 1214/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1215/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1216/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1217/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1218/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1219/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1220/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1221/// contain non-field names. 1222Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1223 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1224 (S->getEntity() && 1225 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1226 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1227 S = S->getParent(); 1228 return S; 1229} 1230 1231/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1232/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1233/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1234/// built-in. 1235NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1236 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1237 SourceLocation Loc) { 1238 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1239 1240 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1241 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1242 switch (Error) { 1243 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1244 // Okay 1245 break; 1246 1247 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1248 if (ForRedeclaration) 1249 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1250 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1251 return 0; 1252 1253 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1254 if (ForRedeclaration) 1255 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1256 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1257 return 0; 1258 } 1259 1260 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1261 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1262 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1263 << R; 1264 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1265 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1266 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1267 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1268 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1269 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1270 } 1271 1272 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1273 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1274 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1275 SC_Extern, 1276 SC_None, false, 1277 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1278 New->setImplicit(); 1279 1280 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1281 // FunctionDecl. 1282 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1283 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1284 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1285 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1286 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1287 SourceLocation(), 0, 1288 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1289 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1290 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1291 Params.push_back(parm); 1292 } 1293 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1294 } 1295 1296 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1297 1298 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1299 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1300 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1301 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1302 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1303 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1304 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1305 CurContext = SavedContext; 1306 return New; 1307} 1308 1309/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1310/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1311/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1312/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1313/// 1314void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1315 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1316 // merging checks. 1317 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1318 1319 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1320 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1321 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1322 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1323 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1324 default: break; 1325 case 2: 1326 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1327 break; 1328 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1329 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1330 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1331 return; 1332 case 5: 1333 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1334 break; 1335 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1336 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1337 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1338 return; 1339 case 3: 1340 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1341 break; 1342 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1343 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1344 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1345 return; 1346 } 1347 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1348 } 1349 1350 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1351 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1352 if (!Old) { 1353 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1354 << New->getDeclName(); 1355 1356 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1357 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1358 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1359 1360 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1361 } 1362 1363 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1364 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1365 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1366 1367 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1368 QualType OldType; 1369 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1370 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1371 else 1372 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1373 1374 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1375 // with any extensions enabled. 1376 1377 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1378 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1379 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1380 int Kind = 0; 1381 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1382 Kind = 1; 1383 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1384 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1385 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1386 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1387 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1388 } 1389 1390 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1391 // declaration was a typedef. 1392 // FIXME: this is a potential source of weirdness if the type 1393 // spellings don't match exactly. 1394 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1395 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1396 1397 // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations. 1398 if (Old->isModulePrivate()) 1399 New->setModulePrivate(); 1400 else if (New->isModulePrivate()) 1401 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old); 1402 1403 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1404 return; 1405 1406 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1407 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1408 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1409 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1410 // to the type to which it already refers. 1411 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1412 return; 1413 1414 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1415 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1416 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1417 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1418 // 1419 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1420 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1421 // 1422 // struct S { 1423 // typedef struct A { } A; 1424 // }; 1425 // 1426 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1427 // allow the above but disallow 1428 // 1429 // struct S { 1430 // typedef int I; 1431 // typedef int I; 1432 // }; 1433 // 1434 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1435 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1436 return; 1437 1438 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1439 << New->getDeclName(); 1440 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1441 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1442 } 1443 1444 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1445 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1446 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1447 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1448 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1449 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1450 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1451 return; 1452 1453 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1454 << New->getDeclName(); 1455 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1456 return; 1457} 1458 1459/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1460/// attribute. 1461static bool 1462DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1463 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1464 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1465 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1466 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1467 if (Ann) { 1468 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1469 return true; 1470 continue; 1471 } 1472 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1473 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1474 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1475 return true; 1476 } 1477 1478 return false; 1479} 1480 1481/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1482static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1483 ASTContext &C, bool mergeDeprecation = true) { 1484 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1485 return; 1486 1487 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1488 1489 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1490 // we process them. 1491 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1492 1493 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1494 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1495 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1496 // Ignore deprecated and unavailable attributes if requested. 1497 if (!mergeDeprecation && 1498 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i))) 1499 continue; 1500 1501 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1502 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1503 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1504 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1505 foundAny = true; 1506 } 1507 } 1508 1509 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1510} 1511 1512/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1513/// to the new one. 1514static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1515 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1516 ASTContext &C) { 1517 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1518 return; 1519 1520 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1521 1522 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1523 // done before we process them. 1524 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1525 1526 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1527 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1528 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1529 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1530 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1531 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1532 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1533 foundAny = true; 1534 } 1535 } 1536 1537 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1538} 1539 1540namespace { 1541 1542/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1543/// C. 1544struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1545 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1546 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1547 QualType PromotedType; 1548}; 1549 1550} 1551 1552/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1553Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1554 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1555 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1556 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1557 1558 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1559 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1560 1561 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1562 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1563 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1564 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1565 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1566 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1567 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1568 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1569 } 1570 1571 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1572} 1573 1574/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1575/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1576/// GNU89 mode. 1577static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1578 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1579 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1580 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1581 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1582 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1583} 1584 1585/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1586/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1587/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1588/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1589/// 1590/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1591/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1592/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1593/// merged with. 1594/// 1595/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1596bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1597 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1598 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1599 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1600 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1601 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1602 else 1603 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1604 if (!Old) { 1605 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1606 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1607 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1608 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1609 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1610 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1611 return true; 1612 } 1613 1614 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1615 << New->getDeclName(); 1616 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1617 return true; 1618 } 1619 1620 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1621 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1622 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1623 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1624 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1625 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1626 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1627 else 1628 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1629 1630 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1631 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1632 1633 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1634 // is an extern inline function. 1635 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1636 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1637 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1638 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1639 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1641 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1642 } else { 1643 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1644 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1645 return true; 1646 } 1647 } 1648 1649 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1650 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1651 // calling convention of the first. 1652 // 1653 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1654 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1655 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1656 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1657 // because it is the default calling convention. 1658 // 1659 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1660 // other tests to run. 1661 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1662 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1663 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1664 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1665 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1666 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1667 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1668 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1669 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1670 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1671 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1672 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1673 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1674 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1675 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1676 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1677 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1678 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1679 return true; 1680 } 1681 1682 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1683 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1684 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1685 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1686 } 1687 1688 // Merge regparm attribute. 1689 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1690 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1691 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1692 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1693 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1694 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1695 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1696 return true; 1697 } 1698 1699 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1700 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1701 } 1702 1703 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1704 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1705 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1706 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1707 } 1708 1709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1710 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1711 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1712 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1713 // cannot be overloaded. 1714 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1715 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1716 QualType ResQT; 1717 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1718 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1719 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1720 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1721 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1722 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1723 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1724 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1725 else 1726 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1727 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1728 return true; 1729 } 1730 else 1731 NewQType = ResQT; 1732 } 1733 1734 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1735 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1736 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1737 // Preserve triviality. 1738 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1739 1740 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1741 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1742 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1743 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1744 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1745 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1746 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1747 1748 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1749 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1750 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1751 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1752 // is a static member function declaration. 1753 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1754 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1755 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1756 return true; 1757 } 1758 1759 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1760 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1761 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1762 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1763 unsigned NewDiag; 1764 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1765 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1766 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1767 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1768 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1769 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1770 else 1771 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1772 1773 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1774 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1775 1776 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1777 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1778 // 1779 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1780 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1781 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1782 if (isFriend) { 1783 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1784 } else { 1785 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1786 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1787 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1788 return true; 1789 } 1790 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1791 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1792 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1793 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1794 return true; 1795 } 1796 } 1797 1798 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1799 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1800 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1801 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1802 1803 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1804 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1805 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1806 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1807 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1808 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1809 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1810 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1811 } 1812 1813 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1814 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1815 1816 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1817 } 1818 1819 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1820 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1821 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1822 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1823 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1824 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1825 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1826 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1827 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1828 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1829 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1830 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1831 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1832 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1833 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1834 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1835 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1836 New->setType(NewQType); 1837 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1838 1839 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1840 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1841 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1842 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1843 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1844 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1845 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1846 SourceLocation(), 1847 SourceLocation(), 0, 1848 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1849 SC_None, SC_None, 1850 0); 1851 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1852 Param->setImplicit(); 1853 Params.push_back(Param); 1854 } 1855 1856 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1857 } 1858 1859 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1860 } 1861 1862 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1863 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1864 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1865 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1866 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1867 // the prototype. 1868 // 1869 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1870 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1871 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1872 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1873 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1874 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1875 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1876 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1877 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1878 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1879 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1880 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1881 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1882 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1883 1884 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1885 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1886 NewProto->getResultType()); 1887 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1888 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1889 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1890 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1891 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1892 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1893 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1894 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1895 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1896 NewParm->getType(), 1897 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1898 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1899 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1900 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1901 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1902 } else 1903 LooseCompatible = false; 1904 } 1905 1906 if (LooseCompatible) { 1907 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1908 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1909 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1910 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1911 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1912 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1913 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1914 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1915 } 1916 1917 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1918 ArgTypes.size(), 1919 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1920 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1921 } 1922 1923 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1924 } 1925 1926 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1927 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1928 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1929 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1930 // signature. 1931 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1932 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1933 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1934 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1935 // library built-in. 1936 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1937 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1938 << Old << Old->getType(); 1939 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1940 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1941 return false; 1942 } 1943 1944 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1945 } 1946 1947 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1948 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1949 return true; 1950} 1951 1952/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1953/// known to be compatible. 1954/// 1955/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1956/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1957/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1958/// redeclaration of Old. 1959/// 1960/// \returns false 1961bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1962 // Merge the attributes 1963 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1964 1965 // Merge the storage class. 1966 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1967 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1968 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1969 1970 // Merge "pure" flag. 1971 if (Old->isPure()) 1972 New->setPure(); 1973 1974 // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations. 1975 if (Old->isModulePrivate()) 1976 New->setModulePrivate(); 1977 else if (New->isModulePrivate()) 1978 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old); 1979 1980 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1981 // declarations. 1982 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1983 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1984 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1985 Context); 1986 1987 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1988 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1989 1990 return false; 1991} 1992 1993 1994void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1995 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1996 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 1997 // except from interface to implementation. 1998 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 1999 2000 // Merge the attributes. 2001 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context, mergeDeprecation); 2002 2003 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2004 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2005 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2006 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2007 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2008 2009 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2010} 2011 2012/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2013/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2014/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2015/// 2016/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2017/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 2018/// check them before the initializer is attached. 2019/// 2020void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2021 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2022 return; 2023 2024 QualType MergedT; 2025 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2026 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2027 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2028 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2029 return; 2030 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2031 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2032 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2033 } 2034 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2035 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2036 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2037 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2038 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2039 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2040 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2041 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2042 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2043 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2044 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2045 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2046 MergedT = New->getType(); 2047 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2048 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2049 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2050 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2051 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2052 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2053 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2054 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2055 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2056 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2057 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2058 Old->getType()); 2059 } 2060 } else { 2061 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2062 } 2063 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2064 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2065 << New->getDeclName(); 2066 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2067 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2068 } 2069 New->setType(MergedT); 2070} 2071 2072/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2073/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2074/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2075/// 2076/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2077/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2078/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2079/// 2080void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2081 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2082 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2083 return; 2084 2085 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2086 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2087 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2088 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2089 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2090 << New->getDeclName(); 2091 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2092 diag::note_previous_definition); 2093 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2094 } 2095 2096 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2097 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2098 // 2099 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2100 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2102 << New->getIdentifier(); 2103 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2104 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2105 } 2106 2107 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2108 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent declaration 2109 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2110 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2111 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2112 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2113 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2114 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2115 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2116 } 2117 2118 // Merge the types. 2119 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2120 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2121 return; 2122 2123 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2124 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2125 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2128 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2129 } 2130 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2131 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2132 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2133 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2134 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2135 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2136 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2137 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2138 // identifier has external linkage. 2139 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2140 /* Okay */; 2141 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2142 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2143 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2144 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2145 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2149 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2150 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2151 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2152 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2153 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2154 } 2155 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2156 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2157 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2158 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2159 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2160 } 2161 2162 // __module_private__ is propagated to later declarations. 2163 if (Old->isModulePrivate()) 2164 New->setModulePrivate(); 2165 else if (New->isModulePrivate()) 2166 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, Old); 2167 2168 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2169 2170 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2171 // need to check for mismatches. 2172 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2173 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2174 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2175 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2176 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2178 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2179 } 2180 2181 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2182 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2183 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2184 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2185 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2186 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2187 } 2188 2189 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2190 const VarDecl *Def; 2191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2192 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2193 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2194 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2195 << New->getDeclName(); 2196 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2197 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2198 return; 2199 } 2200 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2201 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2202 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2203 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2204 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2205 // specified at the prior declaration. 2206 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2207 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2208 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2209 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2210 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2211 2212 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2213 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2214 2215 // Inherit access appropriately. 2216 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2217} 2218 2219/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2220/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2221Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2222 DeclSpec &DS) { 2223 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2224 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2225} 2226 2227/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2228/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2229/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2230Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2231 DeclSpec &DS, 2232 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2233 Decl *TagD = 0; 2234 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2235 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2236 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2237 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2238 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2239 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2240 2241 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2242 return 0; 2243 2244 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2245 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2246 // it's a Type. 2247 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2248 } 2249 2250 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2251 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2252 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2253 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2254 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2255 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2256 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2257 } 2258 2259 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2260 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2261 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2262 if (Tag) 2263 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2264 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2265 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2266 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2267 else 2268 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2269 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2270 return TagD; 2271 } 2272 2273 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2274 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2275 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2276 if (TagD && !Tag) 2277 return 0; 2278 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2279 } 2280 2281 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2282 // declarators. 2283 bool emittedWarning = false; 2284 2285 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2286 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2287 2288 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2289 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2291 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2292 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2293 2294 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2295 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2296 emittedWarning = true; 2297 } 2298 } 2299 2300 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2301 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2302 CurContext->isRecord() && 2303 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2304 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2305 // struct STRUCT; 2306 // and 2307 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2308 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2309 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2310 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2311 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2312 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2313 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2314 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2315 } 2316 } 2317 2318 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2319 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2320 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2321 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2322 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2323 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2324 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2325 emittedWarning = true; 2326 } 2327 2328 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2329 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2330 2331 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2332 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2333 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2334 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2335 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2336 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2337 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2338 return Tag; 2339 } 2340 2341 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2342 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2343 emittedWarning = true; 2344 } 2345 2346 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2347 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2348 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2349 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2350 return TagD; 2351 2352 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2353 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2354 // useless. 2355 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2356 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2357 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2358 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2359 2360 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2361 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2362 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2363 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2364 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2365 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2366 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2367 // Restrict is covered above. 2368 } 2369 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2370 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2371 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2372 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2373 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2374 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2375 2376 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2377 2378 return TagD; 2379} 2380 2381/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2382/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2383StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2384 StmtResult R; 2385 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2386 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2387 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2388 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2389 do 2390 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2391 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2392 } 2393 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2394 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2395 } 2396 } 2397 return R; 2398} 2399 2400/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2401/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2402/// 2403/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2404static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2405 Scope *S, 2406 DeclContext *Owner, 2407 DeclarationName Name, 2408 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2409 unsigned diagnostic) { 2410 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2411 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2412 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2413 2414 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2415 return false; 2416 2417 // Pick a representative declaration. 2418 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2419 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2420 2421 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2422 return false; 2423 2424 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2425 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2426 2427 return true; 2428} 2429 2430/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2431/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2432/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2433/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2434/// struct, e.g., 2435/// 2436/// @code 2437/// union { 2438/// int i; 2439/// float f; 2440/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2441/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2442/// @endcode 2443/// 2444/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2445/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2446static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2447 DeclContext *Owner, 2448 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2449 AccessSpecifier AS, 2450 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2451 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2452 unsigned diagKind 2453 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2454 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2455 2456 bool Invalid = false; 2457 2458 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2459 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2460 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2461 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2462 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2463 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2464 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2465 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2466 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2467 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2468 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2469 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2470 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2471 Invalid = true; 2472 } else { 2473 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2474 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2475 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2476 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2477 // anonymous union is declared. 2478 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2479 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2480 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2481 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2482 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2483 else 2484 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2485 2486 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2487 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2488 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2489 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2490 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2491 2492 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2493 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2494 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2495 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2496 2497 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2498 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2499 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2500 2501 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2502 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2503 2504 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2505 } 2506 } 2507 } 2508 2509 return Invalid; 2510} 2511 2512/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2513/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2514/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2515static StorageClass 2516StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2517 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2518 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2519 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2520 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2521 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2522 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2523 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2524 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2525 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2526 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2527 } 2528 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2529} 2530 2531/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2532/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2533/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2534static StorageClass 2535StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2536 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2537 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2538 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2539 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2540 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2541 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2542 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2543 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2544 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2545 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2546 } 2547 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2548} 2549 2550/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2551/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2552/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2553/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2554Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2555 AccessSpecifier AS, 2556 RecordDecl *Record) { 2557 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2558 2559 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2560 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2561 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2562 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2563 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2564 2565 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2566 // structs/unions. 2567 bool Invalid = false; 2568 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2569 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2570 unsigned DiagID; 2571 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2572 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2573 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2574 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2575 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2576 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2577 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2578 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2579 Invalid = true; 2580 2581 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2582 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2583 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2584 } 2585 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2586 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2587 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2588 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2589 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2590 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2591 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2592 Invalid = true; 2593 2594 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2595 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2596 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2597 } 2598 2599 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2600 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2601 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2602 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2603 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2604 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2605 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2606 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2607 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2608 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2609 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2610 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2611 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2612 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2613 2614 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2615 } 2616 2617 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2618 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2619 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2620 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2621 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2622 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2623 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2624 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2625 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2626 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2627 // members (clause 11). 2628 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2629 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2630 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2631 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2632 Invalid = true; 2633 } 2634 2635 // C++ [class.union]p1 2636 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2637 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2638 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2639 // array of such objects. 2640 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2641 Invalid = true; 2642 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2643 // Any implicit members are fine. 2644 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2645 // This is a type that showed up in an 2646 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2647 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2648 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2649 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2650 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2651 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2652 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2653 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2654 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2655 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2656 else { 2657 // This is a nested type declaration. 2658 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2659 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2660 Invalid = true; 2661 } 2662 } 2663 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2664 // Any access specifier is fine. 2665 } else { 2666 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2667 // member. Complain about it. 2668 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2669 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2670 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2671 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2672 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2673 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2674 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2675 2676 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2677 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2678 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2679 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2680 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2681 else { 2682 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2683 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2684 Invalid = true; 2685 } 2686 } 2687 } 2688 } 2689 2690 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2691 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2692 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2693 Invalid = true; 2694 } 2695 2696 // Mock up a declarator. 2697 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2698 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2699 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2700 2701 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2702 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2703 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2704 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2705 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2706 Record->getLocation(), 2707 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2708 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2709 TInfo, 2710 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2711 /*HasInit=*/false); 2712 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2713 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2714 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2715 } else { 2716 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2717 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2718 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2719 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2720 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2721 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2722 // an error here 2723 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2724 Invalid = true; 2725 SC = SC_None; 2726 } 2727 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2728 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2729 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2730 2731 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2732 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2733 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2734 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2735 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2736 } 2737 Anon->setImplicit(); 2738 2739 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2740 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2741 // its members. 2742 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2743 2744 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2745 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2746 // purposes. 2747 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2748 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2749 2750 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2751 Chain, false)) 2752 Invalid = true; 2753 2754 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2755 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2756 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2757 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2758 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2759 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2760 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2761 2762 if (Invalid) 2763 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2764 2765 return Anon; 2766} 2767 2768/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2769/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2770/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2771/// Example: 2772/// 2773/// struct A { int a; }; 2774/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2775/// 2776/// void foo() { 2777/// B var; 2778/// var.a = 3; 2779/// } 2780/// 2781Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2782 RecordDecl *Record) { 2783 2784 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2785 if (!Record) 2786 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2787 2788 // Mock up a declarator. 2789 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2790 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2791 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2792 2793 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2794 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2795 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2796 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2797 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2798 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2799 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2800 TInfo, 2801 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2802 /*HasInit=*/false); 2803 Anon->setImplicit(); 2804 2805 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2806 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2807 2808 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2809 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2810 // purposes. 2811 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2812 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2813 2814 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2815 Record->getDefinition(), 2816 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2817 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2818 2819 return Anon; 2820} 2821 2822/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2823/// given Declarator. 2824DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2825 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2826} 2827 2828/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2829DeclarationNameInfo 2830Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2831 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2832 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2833 2834 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2835 2836 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2837 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2838 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2839 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2840 return NameInfo; 2841 2842 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2843 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2844 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2845 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2846 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2847 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2848 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2849 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2850 return NameInfo; 2851 2852 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2853 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2854 Name.Identifier)); 2855 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2856 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2857 return NameInfo; 2858 2859 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2860 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2861 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2862 if (Ty.isNull()) 2863 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2864 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2865 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2866 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2867 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2868 return NameInfo; 2869 } 2870 2871 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2872 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2873 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2874 if (Ty.isNull()) 2875 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2876 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2877 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2878 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2879 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2880 return NameInfo; 2881 } 2882 2883 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2884 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2885 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2886 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2887 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2888 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2889 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2890 2891 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2892 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2893 2894 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2895 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2896 // was qualified. 2897 2898 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2899 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2900 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2901 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2902 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2903 return NameInfo; 2904 } 2905 2906 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2908 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2909 if (Ty.isNull()) 2910 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2911 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2912 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2913 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2914 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2915 return NameInfo; 2916 } 2917 2918 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2919 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2920 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2921 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2922 } 2923 2924 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2925 2926 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2927 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2928} 2929 2930static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 2931 do { 2932 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 2933 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 2934 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 2935 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 2936 else 2937 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 2938 } while (true); 2939} 2940 2941/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2942/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2943/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2944/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within the class 2945/// or namespace. Also sets Params to the list of indices to the 2946/// parameters that differ between the declaration and the definition. 2947static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2948 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2949 FunctionDecl *Definition, 2950 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 2951 Params.clear(); 2952 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2953 return false; 2954 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2955 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2956 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2957 2958 // The parameter types are identical 2959 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 2960 continue; 2961 2962 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 2963 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 2964 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 2965 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 2966 2967 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 2968 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 2969 Params.push_back(Idx); 2970 else // The two parameters aren't even close 2971 return false; 2972 } 2973 2974 return true; 2975} 2976 2977/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2978/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2979/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2980/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2981/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2982static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2983 DeclarationName Name) { 2984 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2985 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2986 // - types which will become injected class names 2987 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2988 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2989 // few cases here. 2990 2991 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2992 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2993 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2994 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2995 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 2996 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: { 2997 // Grab the type from the parser. 2998 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2999 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3000 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3001 3002 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3003 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3004 // attached already. 3005 if (!TSI) 3006 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3007 3008 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3009 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3010 if (!TSI) return true; 3011 3012 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3013 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3014 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3015 break; 3016 } 3017 3018 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3019 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3020 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3021 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3022 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3023 break; 3024 } 3025 3026 default: 3027 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3028 break; 3029 } 3030 3031 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3032 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3033 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3034 3035 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3036 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3037 // pointer. 3038 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3039 continue; 3040 3041 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3042 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3043 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3044 return true; 3045 } 3046 3047 return false; 3048} 3049 3050Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3051 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 3052 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/false); 3053} 3054 3055/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3056/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3057/// name different from T: 3058/// - every static data member of class T; 3059/// - every member function of class T 3060/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3061/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3062bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3063 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3064 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3065 3066 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3067 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3068 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3069 return true; 3070 } 3071 3072 return false; 3073} 3074 3075Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3076 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3077 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 3078 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3079 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3080 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3081 3082 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3083 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3084 if (!Name) { 3085 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3086 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3087 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3088 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3089 return 0; 3090 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3091 return 0; 3092 3093 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3094 // we find one that is. 3095 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3096 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3097 S = S->getParent(); 3098 3099 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3100 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3101 D.setInvalidType(); 3102 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3103 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3104 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3105 return 0; 3106 3107 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3108 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3109 if (!DC) { 3110 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3111 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3112 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3113 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3114 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3115 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3116 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3117 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3118 return 0; 3119 } 3120 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3121 3122 if (!IsDependentContext && 3123 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3124 return 0; 3125 3126 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3127 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3128 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3129 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3130 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3131 D.setInvalidType(); 3132 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3133 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3134 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3135 // definition: 3136 // 3137 // class X { 3138 // void X::f(); 3139 // }; 3140 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 3141 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3142 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3143 else 3144 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3145 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3146 3147 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3148 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3149 } 3150 } 3151 3152 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3153 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3154 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3155 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3156 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3157 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3158 D.setInvalidType(); 3159 } 3160 } 3161 3162 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3163 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3164 // Just return early; it's safer. 3165 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3166 return 0; 3167 3168 NamedDecl *New; 3169 3170 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3171 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3172 3173 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3174 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3175 D.setInvalidType(); 3176 3177 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3178 ForRedeclaration); 3179 3180 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3181 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3182 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3183 3184 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3185 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3186 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3187 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3188 /* Do nothing*/; 3189 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3190 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3191 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3192 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3193 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3194 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3195 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3196 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3197 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3198 3199 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3200 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3201 3202 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3203 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3204 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3205 3206 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3207 // out-of-line members. 3208 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3209 3210 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3211 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3212 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3213 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3214 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3215 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3216 // declarations namespace. 3217 // 3218 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3219 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3220 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3221 // 3222 // class X { 3223 // void f(); 3224 // void f(float); 3225 // }; 3226 // 3227 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3228 // 3229 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3230 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3231 // matches. 3232 3233 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3234 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3235 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3236 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3237 } else { 3238 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3239 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3240 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3241 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3242 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3243 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3244 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3245 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3246 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3247 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3248 else 3249 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3250 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3251 D.setInvalidType(); 3252 } 3253 } 3254 } 3255 3256 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3257 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3258 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3259 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3260 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3261 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3262 D.setInvalidType(); 3263 3264 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3265 Previous.clear(); 3266 } 3267 3268 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3269 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3270 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3271 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3272 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3273 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3274 Previous.clear(); 3275 3276 bool Redeclaration = false; 3277 bool AddToScope = true; 3278 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3279 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3280 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3281 return 0; 3282 } 3283 3284 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3285 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3286 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3287 move(TemplateParamLists), 3288 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration, 3289 AddToScope); 3290 } else { 3291 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3292 move(TemplateParamLists), 3293 Redeclaration); 3294 } 3295 3296 if (New == 0) 3297 return 0; 3298 3299 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3300 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3301 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3302 !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3303 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3304 3305 return New; 3306} 3307 3308/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3309/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3310/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3311static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3312 ASTContext &Context, 3313 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3314 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3315 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3316 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3317 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3318 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3319 SizeIsNegative = false; 3320 Oversized = 0; 3321 3322 if (T->isDependentType()) 3323 return QualType(); 3324 3325 QualifierCollector Qs; 3326 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3327 3328 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3329 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3330 QualType FixedType = 3331 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3332 Oversized); 3333 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3334 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3335 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3336 } 3337 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3338 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3339 QualType FixedType = 3340 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3341 Oversized); 3342 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3343 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3344 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3345 } 3346 3347 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3348 if (!VLATy) 3349 return QualType(); 3350 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3351 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3352 return QualType(); 3353 3354 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3355 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3356 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3357 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3358 return QualType(); 3359 3360 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3361 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3362 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3363 SizeIsNegative = true; 3364 return QualType(); 3365 } 3366 3367 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3368 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3369 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3370 Res); 3371 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3372 Oversized = Res; 3373 return QualType(); 3374 } 3375 3376 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3377 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3378} 3379 3380/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3381/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3382void 3383Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3384 const LookupResult &Previous, 3385 Scope *S) { 3386 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3387 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3388 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3389 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3390 3391 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3392 return; 3393 3394 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3395 3396 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3397 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3398 // declaration. 3399 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3400 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3401 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3402 3403 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3404 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3405 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3406 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3407 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3408 3409 } else { 3410 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3411 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3412 S = S->getParent(); 3413 } 3414 3415 if (S) 3416 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3417 } 3418} 3419 3420llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3421Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3422 if (ExternalSource) { 3423 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3424 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3425 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3426 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3427 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3428 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3429 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3430 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3431 } 3432 } 3433 3434 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3435} 3436 3437/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3438/// does not identify a function. 3439void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3440 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3441 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3442 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3443 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3444 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3445 3446 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3447 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3448 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3449 3450 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3451 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3452 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3453} 3454 3455NamedDecl* 3456Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3457 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3458 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3459 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3460 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3461 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3462 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3463 D.setInvalidType(); 3464 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3465 DC = CurContext; 3466 Previous.clear(); 3467 } 3468 3469 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3470 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3471 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3472 } 3473 3474 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3475 3476 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3477 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3478 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3479 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3480 << 1; 3481 3482 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3483 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3484 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3485 return 0; 3486 } 3487 3488 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3489 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3490 3491 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3492 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3493 3494 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3495 3496 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3497} 3498 3499void 3500Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3501 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3502 // then it shall have block scope. 3503 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3504 // that redeclarations will match. 3505 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3506 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3507 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3508 3509 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3510 bool SizeIsNegative; 3511 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3512 QualType FixedTy = 3513 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3514 Oversized); 3515 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3516 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3517 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3518 } else { 3519 if (SizeIsNegative) 3520 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3521 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3522 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3523 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3524 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3525 else 3526 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3527 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3528 } 3529 } 3530 } 3531} 3532 3533 3534/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3535/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3536/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3537NamedDecl* 3538Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3539 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3540 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3541 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3542 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3543 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3544 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3545 Redeclaration = true; 3546 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3547 } 3548 3549 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3550 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3551 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3552 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3553 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3554 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3555 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3556 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3557 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3558 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3559 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3560 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3561 } 3562 3563 return NewTD; 3564} 3565 3566/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3567/// previous declaration. 3568/// 3569/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3570/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3571/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3572/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3573/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3574/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3575/// 3576/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3577/// lookup 3578/// 3579/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3580/// declared. 3581/// 3582/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3583/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3584static bool 3585isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3586 ASTContext &Context) { 3587 if (!PrevDecl) 3588 return false; 3589 3590 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3591 return false; 3592 3593 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3594 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3595 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3596 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3597 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3598 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3599 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3600 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3601 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3602 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3603 return false; 3604 3605 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3606 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3607 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3608 return false; 3609 3610 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3611 // previous declarations. 3612 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3613 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3614 3615 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3616 // isn't the same function. 3617 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3618 return false; 3619 } 3620 3621 return true; 3622} 3623 3624static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3625 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3626 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3627 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3628} 3629 3630bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3631 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3632 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3633 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3634 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3635 unsigned kind = -1U; 3636 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3637 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3638 kind = 0; // __block 3639 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3640 kind = 1; // global 3641 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3642 kind = 3; // ivar 3643 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3644 kind = 2; // field 3645 } 3646 3647 if (kind != -1U) { 3648 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3649 << kind; 3650 } 3651 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3652 // Try to infer lifetime. 3653 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3654 return false; 3655 3656 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3657 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3658 decl->setType(type); 3659 } 3660 3661 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3662 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3663 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3664 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3665 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3666 << var->getType(); 3667 return true; 3668 } 3669 } 3670 3671 return false; 3672} 3673 3674NamedDecl* 3675Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3676 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3677 LookupResult &Previous, 3678 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3679 bool &Redeclaration) { 3680 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3681 3682 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3683 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3684 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3685 3686 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3687 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3688 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3689 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3690 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3691 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3692 // an error here 3693 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3694 D.setInvalidType(); 3695 SC = SC_None; 3696 } 3697 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3698 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3699 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3700 3701 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3702 if (!II) { 3703 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3704 << Name.getAsString(); 3705 return 0; 3706 } 3707 3708 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3709 3710 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3711 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3712 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3713 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3714 3715 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3716 // is a GNU extension. 3717 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3718 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3719 else 3720 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3721 D.setInvalidType(); 3722 } 3723 } 3724 3725 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3726 VarDecl *NewVD; 3727 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3728 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3729 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3730 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3731 3732 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3733 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3734 } else { 3735 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3736 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3737 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3738 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3739 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3740 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3741 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3742 SC = SC_Static; 3743 } 3744 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3745 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3746 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3747 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3748 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3749 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3750 3751 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3752 // the program is ill-formed. 3753 // 3754 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3755 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3757 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3758 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3759 } 3760 } 3761 3762 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3763 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3764 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3765 bool Invalid = false; 3766 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3767 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3768 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3769 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3770 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3771 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3772 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3773 /*never a friend*/ false, 3774 isExplicitSpecialization, 3775 Invalid)) { 3776 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3777 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3778 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3779 << II 3780 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3781 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3782 return 0; 3783 } else { 3784 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3785 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3786 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3787 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3788 << II 3789 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3790 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3791 } 3792 } 3793 3794 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3795 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3796 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3797 3798 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3799 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3800 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3801 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3802 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3803 3804 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3805 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3806 3807 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3808 3809 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3810 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3811 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3812 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3813 } 3814 3815 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 3816 // FIXME: check this is a valid use of constexpr. 3817 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 3818 } 3819 } 3820 3821 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3822 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3823 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3824 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 3825 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3826 else 3827 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3828 } 3829 3830 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 3831 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 3832 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 3833 << 2 3834 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3835 else 3836 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 3837 } 3838 3839 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3840 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3841 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3842 3843 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3844 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3845 3846 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 3847 // retainable type. 3848 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 3849 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3850 3851 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3852 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3853 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3854 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3855 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3856 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3857 switch (SC) { 3858 case SC_None: 3859 case SC_Auto: 3860 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3861 break; 3862 case SC_Register: 3863 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3864 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3865 break; 3866 case SC_Static: 3867 case SC_Extern: 3868 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3869 break; 3870 } 3871 } 3872 3873 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3874 Context, Label)); 3875 } 3876 3877 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3878 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3879 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3880 3881 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3882 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3883 // declaration has linkage). 3884 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3885 isExplicitSpecialization); 3886 3887 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3888 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3889 else { 3890 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3891 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3892 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3893 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3894 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3895 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3896 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3897 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3898 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3899 Previous.clear(); 3900 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3901 } 3902 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3903 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3904 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3905 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3906 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3907 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3908 } 3909 3910 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3911 3912 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3913 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3914 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3915 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3916 } 3917 3918 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3919 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3920 // here. 3921 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3922 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3923 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3924 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3925 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3926 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3927 } 3928 } 3929 3930 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3931 // such variables. 3932 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3933 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3934 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3935 3936 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3937 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3938 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3939 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3940 3941 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3942 3943 return NewVD; 3944} 3945 3946/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3947/// -Wshadow. 3948/// 3949/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3950/// scope. 3951/// 3952/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3953/// \param R the lookup of the name 3954/// 3955void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3956 // Return if warning is ignored. 3957 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3958 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3959 return; 3960 3961 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3962 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 3963 return; 3964 3965 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3966 3967 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3968 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3969 return; 3970 3971 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3972 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3973 return; 3974 3975 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3976 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3977 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3978 if (MD->isStatic()) 3979 return; 3980 3981 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3982 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3983 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3984 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3985 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3986 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3987 I != E; ++I) 3988 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3989 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3990 break; 3991 } 3992 } 3993 3994 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3995 3996 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3997 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3998 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3999 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4000 return; 4001 4002 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4003 // static data members from base classes? 4004 4005 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4006 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4007 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4008 } 4009 4010 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4011 unsigned Kind; 4012 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4013 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4014 Kind = 3; // field 4015 else 4016 Kind = 2; // static data member 4017 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4018 Kind = 1; // global 4019 else 4020 Kind = 0; // local 4021 4022 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4023 4024 // Emit warning and note. 4025 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4026 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4027} 4028 4029/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4030void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4031 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4032 Diagnostic::Ignored) 4033 return; 4034 4035 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4036 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4037 LookupName(R, S); 4038 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4039} 4040 4041/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4042/// declaration. 4043/// 4044/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4045/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4046/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4047/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4048/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4049/// 4050/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4051void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4052 LookupResult &Previous, 4053 bool &Redeclaration) { 4054 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4055 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4056 return; 4057 4058 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4059 4060 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4061 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4062 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4063 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4064 NewVD->setType(T); 4065 } 4066 4067 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4068 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4069 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4070 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4071 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4073 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4074 } 4075 4076 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4077 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4078 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4079 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4080 else 4081 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4082 } 4083 4084 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4085 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4086 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4087 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4088 4089 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4090 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4091 bool SizeIsNegative; 4092 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4093 QualType FixedTy = 4094 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4095 Oversized); 4096 4097 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4098 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4099 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4100 // int a[10][n]; 4101 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4102 4103 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4104 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4105 << SizeRange; 4106 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4107 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4108 << SizeRange; 4109 else 4110 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4111 << SizeRange; 4112 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4113 } 4114 4115 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4116 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4117 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4118 else 4119 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4120 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4121 } 4122 4123 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4124 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4125 } 4126 4127 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4128 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4129 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4130 // declaration with the same name. 4131 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4132 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4133 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4134 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4135 } 4136 4137 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4138 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4139 << T; 4140 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4141 } 4142 4143 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4144 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4145 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4146 } 4147 4148 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4149 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4150 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4151 } 4152 4153 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 4154 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 4155 QualType Pointee; 4156 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 4157 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4158 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4159 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 4160 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 4161 PtrOrRef = 1; 4162 } 4163 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 4164 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 4165 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 4166 << PtrOrRef; 4167 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4168 } 4169 4170 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4171 Redeclaration = true; 4172 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4173 } 4174} 4175 4176/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4177struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4178 Sema *S; 4179 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4180}; 4181 4182/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4183/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4184/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4185static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4186 CXXBasePath &Path, 4187 void *UserData) { 4188 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4189 4190 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4191 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4192 4193 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4194 4195 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4196 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4197 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4198 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4199 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4200 4201 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4202 } 4203 4204 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4205 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4206 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4207 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4208 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4209 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4210 return true; 4211 } 4212 } 4213 4214 return false; 4215} 4216 4217/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4218/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4219bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4220 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4221 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4222 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4223 Data.Method = MD; 4224 Data.S = this; 4225 bool AddedAny = false; 4226 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4227 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4228 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4229 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4230 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4231 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4232 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4233 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4234 AddedAny = true; 4235 } 4236 } 4237 } 4238 } 4239 4240 return AddedAny; 4241} 4242 4243static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4244 bool isFriendDecl) { 4245 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4246 DeclContext *DC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4247 LookupResult Prev(S, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4248 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4249 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4250 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4251 TypoCorrection Correction; 4252 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4253 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4254 4255 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4256 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC); 4257 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4258 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4259 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4260 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4261 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4262 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4263 if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD, 4264 MismatchedParams)) { 4265 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4266 // involve a parameter 4267 unsigned ParamNum = 4268 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4269 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4270 } 4271 } 4272 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4273 } else if ((Correction = S.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4274 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, DC)) && 4275 Correction.getCorrection() != Name) { 4276 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4277 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4278 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4279 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4280 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4281 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4282 if (FD && isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, FD, NewFD, 4283 MismatchedParams)) { 4284 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4285 // involve a parameter 4286 unsigned ParamNum = 4287 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4288 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4289 } 4290 } 4291 } 4292 4293 if (Correction) 4294 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4295 << Name << DC << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions()) 4296 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4297 NewFD->getLocation(), Correction.getAsString(S.getLangOptions())); 4298 else 4299 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) << Name << DC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4300 4301 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4302 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4303 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4304 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4305 4306 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4307 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4308 S.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4309 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4310 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4311 } else if (Correction) { 4312 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4313 << Correction.getQuoted(S.getLangOptions()); 4314 } else 4315 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4316 } 4317} 4318 4319NamedDecl* 4320Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4321 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4322 LookupResult &Previous, 4323 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4324 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration, 4325 bool &AddToScope) { 4326 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4327 4328 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4329 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4330 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4331 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 4332 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4333 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 4334 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4335 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4336 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4337 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4338 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4339 D.setInvalidType(); 4340 break; 4341 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 4342 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 4343 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4344 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4345 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4346 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4347 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4348 // other than extern 4349 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4350 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4351 diag::err_static_block_func); 4352 SC = SC_None; 4353 } else 4354 SC = SC_Static; 4355 break; 4356 } 4357 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4358 } 4359 4360 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4361 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4362 4363 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4364 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4365 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4366 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4367 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4368 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4369 4370 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4371 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4372 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4373 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4374 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4375 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4376 } 4377 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4378 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4379 } 4380 4381 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4382 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4383 bool isFriend = false; 4384 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4385 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4386 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4387 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4388 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4389 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4390 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4391 4392 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4393 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4394 // prototype. This true when: 4395 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4396 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4397 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4398 bool HasPrototype = 4399 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4400 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4401 4402 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4403 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4404 HasPrototype); 4405 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4406 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4407 4408 // Set the lexical context. 4409 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4410 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4411 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4412 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4413 } else { 4414 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4415 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4416 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4417 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4418 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4419 4420 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4421 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4422 // the class has been completely parsed. 4423 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4424 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4425 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4426 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4427 AbstractReturnType)) 4428 D.setInvalidType(); 4429 4430 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4431 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4432 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4433 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4434 4435 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4436 4437 // Create the new declaration 4438 CXXConstructorDecl *NewCD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 4439 Context, 4440 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4441 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4442 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4443 isExplicit, isInline, 4444 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4445 isConstexpr); 4446 4447 NewFD = NewCD; 4448 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4449 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4450 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4451 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4452 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4453 4454 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, Record, 4455 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4456 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4457 isInline, 4458 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4459 NewFD = NewDD; 4460 isVirtualOkay = true; 4461 4462 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4463 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4464 // it yet. 4465 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4466 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4467 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4468 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4469 } 4470 4471 } else { 4472 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4473 4474 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4475 // code path. 4476 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4477 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4478 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4479 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4480 D.setInvalidType(); 4481 } 4482 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4483 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4484 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4485 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4486 return 0; 4487 } 4488 4489 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4490 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4491 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4492 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4493 isInline, isExplicit, isConstexpr, 4494 SourceLocation()); 4495 4496 isVirtualOkay = true; 4497 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4498 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4499 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4500 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4501 // constructor if it has no return type). 4502 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4503 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4504 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4505 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4506 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4507 return 0; 4508 } 4509 4510 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4511 4512 // [class.free]p1: 4513 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4514 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4515 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4516 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4517 isStatic = true; 4518 4519 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4520 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4521 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4522 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4523 isStatic = true; 4524 4525 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4526 CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 4527 Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4528 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4529 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4530 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4531 isConstexpr, 4532 SourceLocation()); 4533 NewFD = NewMD; 4534 4535 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4536 } else { 4537 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4538 // prototype. This true when: 4539 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4540 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4541 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4542 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4543 } 4544 4545 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4546 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4547 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4548 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4549 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4550 } 4551 4552 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4553 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4554 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4555 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4556 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4557 4558 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4559 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4560 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4561 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4562 4563 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4564 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4565 bool Invalid = false; 4566 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4567 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4568 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4569 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4570 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4571 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4572 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4573 isFriend, 4574 isExplicitSpecialization, 4575 Invalid)) { 4576 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4577 // This is a function template 4578 4579 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4580 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4581 return 0; 4582 4583 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4584 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4585 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4586 return 0; 4587 } 4588 4589 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4590 NewFD->getLocation(), 4591 Name, TemplateParams, 4592 NewFD); 4593 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4594 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4595 4596 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4597 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4598 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4599 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4600 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4601 } 4602 } else { 4603 // This is a function template specialization. 4604 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4605 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4606 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4607 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4608 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4609 4610 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4611 if (isFriend) { 4612 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4613 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4614 4615 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4616 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4617 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4618 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4619 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4620 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4621 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4622 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4623 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4624 } 4625 4626 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4627 << Name << RemoveRange 4628 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4629 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4630 } 4631 } 4632 } 4633 else { 4634 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4635 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4636 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4637 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4638 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4639 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4640 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4641 } 4642 4643 if (Invalid) { 4644 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4645 if (FunctionTemplate) 4646 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4647 } 4648 4649 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4650 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4651 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4652 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4653 // 4654 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4655 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4656 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4657 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4658 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4659 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4660 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4661 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4662 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4663 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4664 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4665 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4666 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4667 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4668 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4669 } else { 4670 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4671 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4672 } 4673 } 4674 4675 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4676 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4677 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4678 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4679 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4680 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4681 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4682 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4683 } 4684 } 4685 4686 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4687 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4688 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4689 // and 12.3.2. 4690 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4691 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4692 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4693 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4694 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4695 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4696 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4697 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4698 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4699 // or conversion function. 4700 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4701 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4702 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4703 } 4704 } 4705 4706 if (isConstexpr) { 4707 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 4708 // are implicitly inline. 4709 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4710 4711 // FIXME: If this is a redeclaration, check the original declaration was 4712 // marked constepr. 4713 4714 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 4715 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 4716 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 4717 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 4718 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 4719 diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 4720 } 4721 4722 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 4723 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4724 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4725 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 4726 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 4727 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4728 << 0 4729 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 4730 } else { 4731 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 4732 if (FunctionTemplate) 4733 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 4734 } 4735 } 4736 4737 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4738 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4739 isExplicitSpecialization || 4740 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4741 4742 if (isFriend) { 4743 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4744 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4745 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4746 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4747 } 4748 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4749 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4750 } 4751 4752 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4753 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4754 // definition. 4755 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4756 } 4757 4758 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4759 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4760 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4761 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4762 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4763 // the class. 4764 4765 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4766 // member function definition. 4767 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4768 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4769 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4770 } 4771 } 4772 4773 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4774 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4775 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4776 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4777 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4778 SE->getString())); 4779 } 4780 4781 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4782 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4783 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4784 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4785 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4786 4787 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4788 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4789 // single void argument. 4790 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4791 // already checks for that case. 4792 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4793 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4794 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4795 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4796 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4797 4798 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4799 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4800 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4801 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4802 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4803 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4804 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4805 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 4806 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 4807 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 4808 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4809 << IsTypeAlias; 4810 } 4811 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4812 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4813 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4814 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4815 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4816 Params.push_back(Param); 4817 4818 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4819 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4820 } 4821 } 4822 4823 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4824 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4825 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4826 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4827 // 4828 // @code 4829 // typedef void fn(int); 4830 // fn f; 4831 // @endcode 4832 4833 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4834 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4835 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4836 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4837 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4838 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 4839 Params.push_back(Param); 4840 } 4841 } else { 4842 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4843 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4844 } 4845 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4846 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4847 4848 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4849 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4850 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4851 4852 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4853 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4854 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 4855 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4856 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4857 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4858 // because all functions have linkage. 4859 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4860 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4861 } else { 4862 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4863 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 4864 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4865 Redeclaration); 4866 } 4867 } 4868 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4869 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4870 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4871 } else { 4872 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4873 // argument list into our AST format. 4874 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4875 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4876 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4877 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4878 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4879 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4880 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4881 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4882 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4883 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4884 TemplateArgs); 4885 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4886 4887 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4888 4889 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4890 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4891 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 4892 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4893 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4894 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4895 4896 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4897 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4898 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4899 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4900 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4901 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4902 // too few of them). 4903 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4904 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4905 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4906 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4907 "template<> "); 4908 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4909 } else { 4910 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4911 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4912 } 4913 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4914 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4915 // wrote something like: 4916 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4917 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4918 // friend void foo<>(int); 4919 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4920 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4921 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4922 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4923 } 4924 4925 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4926 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4927 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4928 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4929 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4930 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4931 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4932 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4933 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4934 Previous)) 4935 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4936 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4937 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4938 && !isFriend) { 4939 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 4940 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().Microsoft ? 4941 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 4942 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4943 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4944 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4945 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4946 Previous)) 4947 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4948 4949 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4950 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 4951 // specialization (14.7.3) 4952 if (SC != SC_None) { 4953 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 4954 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4955 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 4956 << SC 4957 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4958 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4959 4960 else 4961 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4962 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 4963 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 4964 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4965 } 4966 4967 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4968 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4969 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4970 } 4971 4972 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4973 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 4974 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4975 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4976 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4977 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4978 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4979 } else { 4980 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4981 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 4982 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4983 Redeclaration); 4984 } 4985 } 4986 4987 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4988 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4989 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4990 4991 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4992 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4993 : NewFD); 4994 4995 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4996 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4997 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4998 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4999 5000 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5001 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5002 5003 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5004 } 5005 5006 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5007 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5008 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5009 5010 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5011 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5012 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5013 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5014 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5015 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5016 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5017 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 5018 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5019 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5020 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5021 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5022 DC->isDependentContext()) 5023 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5024 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5025 } 5026 5027 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5028 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5029 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 5030 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5031 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5032 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5033 5034 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5035 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5036 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5037 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5038 5039 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5040 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5041 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5042 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5043 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5044 // can actually do this check immediately. 5045 if (isFriend && 5046 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5047 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5048 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5049 // ignore these 5050 } else { 5051 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5052 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5053 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5054 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5055 // 5056 // class X { 5057 // void f() const; 5058 // }; 5059 // 5060 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5061 // 5062 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5063 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5064 // whether the parameter types are references). 5065 5066 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, false); 5067 } 5068 5069 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5070 // to something. 5071 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5072 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD, true); 5073 } 5074 5075 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5076 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5077 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5078 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5079 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5080 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5081 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5082 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 5083 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 5084 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5085 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5086 } 5087 } 5088 5089 5090 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5091 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5092 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5093 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5094 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5095 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5096 5097 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5098 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5099 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5100 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5101 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5102 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5103 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5104 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5105 } 5106 } 5107 5108 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5109 5110 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5111 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5112 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5113 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5114 << NewFD; 5115 5116 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5117 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5118 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5119 EPI.Variadic = true; 5120 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5121 5122 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5123 NewFD->setType(R); 5124 } 5125 5126 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5127 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5128 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5129 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5130 5131 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5132 // map of such names. 5133 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5134 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5135 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5136 5137 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5138 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5139 5140 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5141 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5142 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5143 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5144 return FunctionTemplate; 5145 } 5146 } 5147 5148 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5149 5150 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5151 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5152 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5153 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5154 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5155 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5156 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5157 5158 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5159 } 5160 } 5161 5162 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5163 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5164 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5165 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5166 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5167 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5168 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5169 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5170 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5171 AddToScope = false; 5172 } 5173 5174 return NewFD; 5175} 5176 5177/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5178/// 5179/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5180/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5181/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5182/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5183/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5184/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5185/// via InstantiateDecl). 5186/// 5187/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5188/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5189/// 5190/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5191void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5192 LookupResult &Previous, 5193 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 5194 bool &Redeclaration) { 5195 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5196 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5197 5198 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5199 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5200 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5201 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5202 // declaration with the same name. 5203 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5204 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5205 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5206 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5207 } 5208 5209 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5210 // the same name, if appropriate. 5211 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5212 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5213 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5214 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5215 // function to the scope. 5216 5217 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5218 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5219 Redeclaration = true; 5220 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5221 } else { 5222 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5223 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5224 case Ovl_Match: 5225 Redeclaration = true; 5226 break; 5227 5228 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5229 Redeclaration = true; 5230 break; 5231 5232 case Ovl_Overload: 5233 Redeclaration = false; 5234 break; 5235 } 5236 5237 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5238 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5239 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5240 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5241 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5242 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5243 if (Redeclaration) 5244 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5245 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5246 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5247 if (OverloadedDecl) 5248 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5249 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5250 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5251 Context)); 5252 } 5253 } 5254 5255 if (Redeclaration) { 5256 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5257 // merged. 5258 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 5259 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5260 5261 Previous.clear(); 5262 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5263 5264 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5265 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5266 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5267 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5268 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5269 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5270 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5271 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5272 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5273 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5274 } 5275 5276 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5277 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5278 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5279 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5280 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5281 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5282 } 5283 5284 if (OldTemplateDecl->isModulePrivate()) 5285 NewTemplateDecl->setModulePrivate(); 5286 5287 } else { 5288 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5289 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5290 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5291 } 5292 } 5293 } 5294 5295 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5296 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5297 // C++-specific checks. 5298 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5299 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5300 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5301 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5302 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5303 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5304 5305 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5306 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5307 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5308 DeclarationName Name 5309 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5310 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5311 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5312 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5313 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5314 } 5315 } 5316 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5317 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5318 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5319 } 5320 5321 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5322 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5323 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5324 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5325 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5326 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5327 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5328 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5329 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5330 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5331 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5332 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5333 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5334 ++Overridden) { 5335 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5336 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5337 } 5338 } 5339 } 5340 } 5341 } 5342 5343 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5344 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5345 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5346 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5347 5348 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5349 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5350 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 5351 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5352 5353 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5354 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5355 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5356 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5357 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5358 5359 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5360 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5361 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5362 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5363 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5364 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5365 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5366 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5367 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5368 } 5369 } 5370 } 5371} 5372 5373void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5374 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 5375 // or static is ill-formed. 5376 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5377 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5378 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5379 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5380 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 5381 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5382 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5383 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5384 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5385 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5386 5387 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5388 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5389 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5390 5391 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5392 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5393 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5394 } 5395 5396 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5397 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5398 5399 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5400 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5401 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5402 5403 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5404 5405 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5406 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5407 // getting shifty. 5408 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5409 HasExtraParameters = false; 5410 5411 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5412 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5413 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5414 nparams = 3; 5415 } 5416 5417 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5418 // if we had some location information about types. 5419 5420 QualType CharPP = 5421 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5422 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5423 5424 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5425 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5426 5427 bool mismatch = true; 5428 5429 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5430 mismatch = false; 5431 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5432 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5433 // char const ** 5434 // char const * const * 5435 // char * const * 5436 5437 QualifierCollector qs; 5438 const PointerType* PT; 5439 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5440 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5441 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5442 qs.removeConst(); 5443 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5444 } 5445 } 5446 5447 if (mismatch) { 5448 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5449 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5450 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5451 } 5452 } 5453 5454 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5455 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5456 } 5457 5458 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5459 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5460 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5461 } 5462} 5463 5464bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5465 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5466 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5467 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5468 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5469 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5470 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5471 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5472 // rules there don't matter.) 5473 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5474 return false; 5475 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5476 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5477 return true; 5478} 5479 5480namespace { 5481 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5482 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5483 class SelfReferenceChecker 5484 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5485 Sema &S; 5486 Decl *OrigDecl; 5487 bool isRecordType; 5488 bool isPODType; 5489 5490 public: 5491 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5492 5493 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5494 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5495 isPODType = false; 5496 isRecordType = false; 5497 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5498 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5499 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5500 } 5501 } 5502 5503 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5504 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5505 if (isRecordType) { 5506 Expr *expr = E; 5507 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5508 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5509 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5510 expr = ME->getBase(); 5511 } 5512 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5513 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5514 return; 5515 } 5516 } 5517 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5518 } 5519 5520 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5521 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 5522 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5523 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5524 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5525 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5526 return; 5527 } 5528 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5529 } 5530 5531 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5532 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5533 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5534 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5535 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5536 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5537 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5538 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5539 return; 5540 } 5541 } 5542 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5543 } 5544 5545 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 5546 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 5547 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 5548 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 5549 } 5550 5551 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 5552 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5553 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5554 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5555 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5556 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 5557 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5558 << Result.getLookupName() 5559 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5560 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 5561 } 5562 }; 5563} 5564 5565/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 5566void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 5567 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 5568} 5569 5570/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5571/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5572/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5573void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5574 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5575 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5576 // the initializer. 5577 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5578 return; 5579 5580 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5581 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5582 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5583 // by a dataflow analysis. 5584 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5585 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5586 } 5587 else { 5588 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 5589 } 5590 5591 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5592 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5593 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5594 // Thus this grotesque test. 5595 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5596 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5597 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5598 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5599 else { 5600 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5601 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5602 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5603 } 5604 return; 5605 } 5606 5607 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5608 if (!VDecl) { 5609 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 5610 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5611 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5612 return; 5613 } 5614 5615 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5616 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5617 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5618 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5619 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5620 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5621 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5622 if (!DeducedType) { 5623 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5624 return; 5625 } 5626 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5627 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5628 5629 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 5630 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 5631 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5632 5633 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5634 // the previously declared type. 5635 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5636 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5637 } 5638 5639 5640 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5641 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5642 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5643 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5644 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5645 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5646 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5647 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5648 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5649 return; 5650 } 5651 5652 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5653 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5654 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5655 AbstractVariableType)) 5656 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5657 5658 const VarDecl *Def; 5659 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5660 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5661 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5662 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5663 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5664 return; 5665 } 5666 5667 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5668 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5669 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5670 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5671 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5672 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5673 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5674 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5675 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5676 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5677 // 5678 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5679 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5680 // declaration with an initializer. 5681 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5682 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5683 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5684 return; 5685 } 5686 5687 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5688 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5689 5690 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5691 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5692 return; 5693 } 5694 } 5695 5696 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5697 // initialization. 5698 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5699 5700 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5701 InitializationKind Kind 5702 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5703 Init->getLocStart(), 5704 Init->getLocEnd()) 5705 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5706 Init->getLocStart()); 5707 5708 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5709 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5710 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5711 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5712 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5713 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5714 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5715 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5716 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5717 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5718 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5719 &DclT); 5720 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5721 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5722 return; 5723 } 5724 5725 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5726 5727 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5728 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5729 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5730 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5731 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5732 } 5733 } 5734 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5735 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5736 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5737 // 5738 // struct S { 5739 // static const int value = 17; 5740 // }; 5741 5742 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5743 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5744 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5745 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5746 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5747 &DclT); 5748 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5749 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5750 return; 5751 } 5752 5753 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5754 } 5755 5756 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5757 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5758 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5759 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5760 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5761 5762 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5763 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5764 5765 // Require constness. 5766 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5767 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5768 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5769 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5770 5771 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5772 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5773 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5774 SourceLocation Loc; 5775 if (Init->isValueDependent()) 5776 ; // Nothing to check. 5777 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 5778 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 5779 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 5780 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 5781 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 5782 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5783 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5784 } else { 5785 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 5786 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 5787 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5788 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5789 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5790 } 5791 5792 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5793 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5794 // implement fully. 5795 } else { 5796 bool Allowed = false; 5797 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5798 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5799 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5800 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5801 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5802 Allowed = true; 5803 } 5804 5805 if (!Allowed) { 5806 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5807 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5808 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5809 5810 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5811 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5812 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5813 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5814 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5815 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5816 } 5817 } 5818 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5819 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5820 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5821 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5822 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5823 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5824 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5825 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5826 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5827 &DclT); 5828 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5829 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5830 return; 5831 } 5832 5833 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5834 } 5835 5836 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5837 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5838 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5839 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5840 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5841 } 5842 } 5843 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5844 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5845 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5846 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5847 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5848 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5849 Init->setType(DclT); 5850 } 5851 5852 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5853 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5854 5855 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5856 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 5857 5858 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5859 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5860 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5861 5862 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5863} 5864 5865/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5866/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5867/// of sanity. 5868void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5869 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5870 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5871 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5872 5873 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5874 if (!VD) return; 5875 5876 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5877 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5878 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5879 return; 5880 } 5881 5882 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5883 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5884 5885 // Require a complete type. 5886 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5887 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5888 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5889 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5890 return; 5891 } 5892 5893 // Require an abstract type. 5894 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5895 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5896 AbstractVariableType)) { 5897 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5898 return; 5899 } 5900 5901 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5902 // though. 5903} 5904 5905void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5906 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5907 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5908 if (RealDecl == 0) 5909 return; 5910 5911 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5912 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5913 5914 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5915 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5916 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5917 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5918 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5919 return; 5920 } 5921 5922 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5923 case VarDecl::Definition: 5924 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5925 break; 5926 5927 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5928 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5929 // a declaration. 5930 // 5931 // Fall through 5932 5933 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5934 // It's only a declaration. 5935 5936 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5937 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5938 // object shall be complete. 5939 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5940 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5941 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5942 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5943 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5944 5945 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5946 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5947 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5948 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5949 AbstractVariableType)) 5950 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5951 return; 5952 5953 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5954 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5955 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5956 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5957 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5958 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5959 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5960 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5961 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5962 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5963 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5964 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5965 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5966 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5967 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5968 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5969 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5970 // NOTE: code such as the following 5971 // static struct s; 5972 // struct s { int a; }; 5973 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5974 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5975 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5976 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5977 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5978 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5979 } 5980 } 5981 5982 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5983 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5984 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5985 return; 5986 } 5987 5988 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5989 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5990 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5991 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5992 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5993 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5994 return; 5995 } 5996 5997 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5998 // definitions with reference type. 5999 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6000 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6001 << Var->getDeclName() 6002 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6003 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6004 return; 6005 } 6006 6007 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6008 // variable with dependent type. 6009 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6010 return; 6011 6012 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6013 return; 6014 6015 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6016 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6017 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6018 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6019 return; 6020 } 6021 6022 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6023 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6024 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6025 AbstractVariableType)) { 6026 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6027 return; 6028 } 6029 6030 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6031 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6032 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6033 // C++0x [stmt.dcl]p3 6034 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6035 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6036 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6037 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6038 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6039 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6040 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6041 if (const RecordType *Record 6042 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6043 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6044 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !CXXRecord->isPOD()) || 6045 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 6046 (!CXXRecord->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() || 6047 !CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()))) 6048 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6049 } 6050 } 6051 6052 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6053 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6054 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6055 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6056 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6057 // type shall have a user-declared default 6058 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6059 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6060 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6061 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6062 // program is ill-formed. 6063 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6064 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6065 // default-initialized; [...]. 6066 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6067 InitializationKind Kind 6068 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6069 6070 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6071 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6072 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6073 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6074 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6075 else if (Init.get()) 6076 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6077 6078 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6079 } 6080} 6081 6082void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6083 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6084 if (!VD) { 6085 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6086 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6087 return; 6088 } 6089 6090 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6091 6092 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6093 int Error = -1; 6094 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6095 case SC_None: 6096 break; 6097 case SC_Extern: 6098 Error = 0; 6099 break; 6100 case SC_Static: 6101 Error = 1; 6102 break; 6103 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6104 Error = 2; 6105 break; 6106 case SC_Auto: 6107 Error = 3; 6108 break; 6109 case SC_Register: 6110 Error = 4; 6111 break; 6112 } 6113 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 6114 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 6115 // Error = 5; 6116 if (Error != -1) { 6117 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6118 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6119 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6120 } 6121} 6122 6123void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6124 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6125 6126 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6127 // local retaining variable. 6128 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6129 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6130 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6131 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6132 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6133 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6134 break; 6135 6136 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6137 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6138 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6139 break; 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6144 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6145 6146 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6147 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6148 6149 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6150 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6151 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6152 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6153 6154 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6155 // constructing this copy. 6156 QualType type = var->getType(); 6157 6158 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6159 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6160 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6161 ExprResult result = 6162 PerformCopyInitialization( 6163 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6164 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6165 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6166 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6167 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6168 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6169 } 6170 } 6171 } 6172 6173 // Check for global constructors. 6174 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 6175 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 6176 !var->isStaticLocal() && 6177 var->getInit() && 6178 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 6179 baseType->isReferenceType())) 6180 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6181 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6182 6183 // Require the destructor. 6184 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6185 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6186} 6187 6188/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6189/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6190void 6191Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6192 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6193 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6194} 6195 6196Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6197Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6198 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6199 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6200 6201 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6202 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6203 6204 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6205 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6206 Decls.push_back(D); 6207 6208 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6209 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6210} 6211 6212/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6213/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6214Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6215Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6216 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6217 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6218 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6219 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6220 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6221 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6222 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6223 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6224 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6225 QualType Deduced; 6226 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6227 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6228 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6229 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6230 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6231 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6232 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6233 break; 6234 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6235 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6236 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6237 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6238 Deduced = U; 6239 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6240 DeducedDecl = D; 6241 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6242 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6243 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6244 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6245 << U << D->getDeclName() 6246 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6247 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6248 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6249 break; 6250 } 6251 } 6252 } 6253 } 6254 } 6255 6256 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6257} 6258 6259 6260/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6261/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6262Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6263 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6264 6265 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6266 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6267 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6268 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6269 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6270 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6271 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6272 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6273 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6274 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6275 } 6276 6277 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6278 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6279 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6280 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6281 << 0; 6282 6283 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6284 6285 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6286 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6287 6288 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6289 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6290 // parameter. 6291 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6292 6293 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6294 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6295 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6296 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6297 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6298 } 6299 } 6300 6301 // Ensure we have a valid name 6302 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6303 if (D.hasName()) { 6304 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6305 if (!II) { 6306 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6307 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6308 D.setInvalidType(true); 6309 } 6310 } 6311 6312 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6313 if (II) { 6314 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6315 ForRedeclaration); 6316 LookupName(R, S); 6317 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6318 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6319 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6320 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6321 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6322 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6323 PrevDecl = 0; 6324 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6325 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6326 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6327 6328 // Recover by removing the name 6329 II = 0; 6330 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6331 D.setInvalidType(true); 6332 } 6333 } 6334 } 6335 6336 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6337 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6338 // looking like class members in C++. 6339 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6340 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6341 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6342 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6343 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6344 6345 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6346 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6347 6348 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6349 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6350 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6351 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6352 6353 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6354 S->AddDecl(New); 6355 if (II) 6356 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6357 6358 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6359 6360 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6362 } 6363 return New; 6364} 6365 6366/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6367/// typedef. 6368ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6369 SourceLocation Loc, 6370 QualType T) { 6371 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6372 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6373 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6374 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6375 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6376 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6377 Param->setImplicit(); 6378 return Param; 6379} 6380 6381void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6382 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6383 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6384 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6385 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6386 return; 6387 6388 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6389 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6390 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6391 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6392 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6393 } 6394 } 6395} 6396 6397void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6398 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6399 QualType ReturnTy, 6400 NamedDecl *D) { 6401 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6402 return; 6403 6404 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6405 // threshold. 6406 if (ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6407 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6408 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6409 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6410 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6411 } 6412 6413 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6414 // threshold. 6415 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6416 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6417 if (!T.isPODType(Context)) 6418 continue; 6419 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6420 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6421 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6422 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6423 } 6424} 6425 6426ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6427 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6428 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6429 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6430 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6431 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6432 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6433 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 6434 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 6435 6436 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 6437 6438 // Special cases for arrays: 6439 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 6440 // - otherwise, it's an error 6441 if (T->isArrayType()) { 6442 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 6443 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 6444 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 6445 } 6446 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 6447 } else { 6448 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6449 } 6450 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 6451 } 6452 6453 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 6454 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 6455 TSInfo, 6456 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 6457 0); 6458 6459 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 6460 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6461 // the class has been completely parsed. 6462 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 6463 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6464 AbstractParamType)) 6465 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6466 6467 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 6468 // passed by reference. 6469 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6470 Diag(NameLoc, 6471 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 6472 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 6473 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6474 New->setType(T); 6475 } 6476 6477 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 6478 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 6479 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 6480 // an address space. 6481 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6482 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 6483 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6484 } 6485 6486 return New; 6487} 6488 6489void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 6490 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 6491 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6492 6493 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 6494 // for a K&R function. 6495 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 6496 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 6497 --i; 6498 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 6499 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 6500 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 6501 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 6502 << ";\n"; 6503 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 6504 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 6505 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 6506 6507 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 6508 // type. 6509 AttributeFactory attrs; 6510 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 6511 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 6512 unsigned DiagID; // unused 6513 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 6514 PrevSpec, DiagID); 6515 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 6516 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 6517 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 6518 } 6519 } 6520 } 6521} 6522 6523Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 6524 Declarator &D) { 6525 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 6526 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 6527 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 6528 6529 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 6530 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 6531 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 6532 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 6533} 6534 6535static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6536 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 6537 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6538 return false; 6539 6540 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6541 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6542 return false; 6543 6544 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6545 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6546 return false; 6547 6548 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6549 if (FD->isMain()) 6550 return false; 6551 6552 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6553 if (FD->isInlined()) 6554 return false; 6555 6556 // Don't warn about function templates. 6557 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6558 return false; 6559 6560 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6561 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6562 return false; 6563 6564 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6565 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6566 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6567 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6568 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6569 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6570 continue; 6571 6572 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6573 break; 6574 } 6575 6576 return MissingPrototype; 6577} 6578 6579void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6580 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6581 // was an extern inline function. 6582 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6583 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 6584 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6585 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6586 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6587 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6588 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6589 else 6590 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6591 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6592 } 6593} 6594 6595Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6596 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6597 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6598 6599 if (!D) 6600 return D; 6601 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6602 6603 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6604 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6605 else 6606 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6607 6608 // Enter a new function scope 6609 PushFunctionScope(); 6610 6611 // See if this is a redefinition. 6612 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6613 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6614 6615 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6616 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6617 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6618 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6619 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6620 } 6621 } 6622 6623 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6624 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6625 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6626 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6627 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6628 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6629 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6630 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6631 6632 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6633 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6634 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6635 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6636 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6637 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6638 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6639 6640 if (FnBodyScope) 6641 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6642 6643 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6644 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6645 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6646 6647 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6648 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6649 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6650 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6651 6652 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6653 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6654 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6655 6656 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6657 } 6658 } 6659 6660 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6661 // dllimport attribute. 6662 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6663 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6664 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6665 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6666 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6667 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6668 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6669 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6670 << "dllimport"; 6671 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6672 return FD; 6673 } 6674 6675 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6676 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6677 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6678 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6679 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6680 // emitted. 6681 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6682 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6683 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6684 } 6685 } 6686 return FD; 6687} 6688 6689/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6690/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6691/// optimization. 6692/// 6693/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6694/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6695/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6696/// use the named return value optimization. 6697/// 6698/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6699/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6700/// the NRVO variable. 6701/// 6702/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6703/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6704/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6705void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6706 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6707 6708 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6709 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6710 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6711 return; 6712 6713 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6714 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6715 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6716 return; 6717 } 6718 6719 if (NRVOCandidate) 6720 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6721} 6722 6723Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6724 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6725} 6726 6727Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6728 bool IsInstantiation) { 6729 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6730 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6731 if (FunTmpl) 6732 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6733 else 6734 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6735 6736 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6737 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6738 6739 if (FD) { 6740 FD->setBody(Body); 6741 if (FD->isMain()) { 6742 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6743 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6744 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6745 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6746 } else if (FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 6747 // If the function is marked 'naked', don't complain about missing return 6748 // statements. 6749 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6750 } 6751 6752 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 6753 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 6754 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && FD->isPure()) 6755 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 6756 6757 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6758 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6759 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6760 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6761 6762 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6763 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6764 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6765 6766 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6767 } 6768 6769 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6770 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6771 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6772 MD->setBody(Body); 6773 if (Body) 6774 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6775 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6776 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6777 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6778 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6779 6780 if (Body) 6781 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6782 } 6783 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 6784 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 6785 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 6786 } 6787 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 6788 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 6789 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 6790 } 6791 } else { 6792 return 0; 6793 } 6794 6795 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 6796 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 6797 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 6798 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 6799 6800 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6801 if (Body) { 6802 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6803 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6804 // Verify this. 6805 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6806 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6807 6808 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6809 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6810 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6811 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 6812 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6813 6814 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6815 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6816 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6817 6818 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6819 Destructor->getParent()); 6820 } 6821 6822 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6823 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6824 // deletion in some later function. 6825 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6826 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 6827 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6828 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6829 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6830 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6831 // enabled. 6832 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6833 } 6834 6835 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6836 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 6837 } 6838 6839 if (!IsInstantiation) 6840 PopDeclContext(); 6841 6842 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6843 6844 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6845 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6846 // deletion in some later function. 6847 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 6848 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6849 ExprNeedsCleanups = false; 6850 } 6851 6852 return dcl; 6853} 6854 6855 6856/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 6857/// relevant Decl. 6858void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 6859 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 6860 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 6861} 6862 6863 6864/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6865/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6866NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6867 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6868 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6869 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6870 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6871 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6872 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6873 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 6874 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6875 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6876 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6877 return Pos->second; 6878 } 6879 6880 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6881 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6882 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6883 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6884 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6885 else 6886 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6887 6888 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6889 const char *Dummy; 6890 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6891 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6892 unsigned DiagID; 6893 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6894 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6895 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6896 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6897 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6898 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6899 SourceLocation(), 6900 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6901 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6902 DS.getAttributes(), 6903 SourceLocation()); 6904 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6905 6906 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6907 6908 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6909 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6910 6911 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6912 FD->setImplicit(); 6913 6914 CurContext = PrevDC; 6915 6916 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6917 6918 return FD; 6919} 6920 6921/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6922/// the declaration of this function. 6923/// 6924/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6925/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6926/// like NSLog or printf. 6927/// 6928/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 6929/// attributes are applied to declarations. 6930void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6931 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6932 return; 6933 6934 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6935 // actual attributes. 6936 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6937 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6938 unsigned FormatIdx; 6939 bool HasVAListArg; 6940 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6941 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6942 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6943 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6944 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6945 } 6946 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6947 HasVAListArg)) { 6948 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6949 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6950 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6951 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6952 } 6953 6954 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6955 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6956 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6957 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6958 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6959 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6960 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6961 } 6962 6963 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 6964 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6965 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6966 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6967 } 6968 6969 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6970 if (!Name) 6971 return; 6972 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6973 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6974 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6975 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6976 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6977 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6978 // about. 6979 } else 6980 return; 6981 6982 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6983 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6984 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6985 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6986 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6987 } else 6988 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6989 "printf", 1, 6990 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6991 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6992 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6993 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6994 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6995 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6996 "printf", 2, 6997 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6998 } 6999} 7000 7001TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7002 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7003 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7004 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7005 7006 if (!TInfo) { 7007 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7008 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7009 } 7010 7011 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7012 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7013 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 7014 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7015 D.getIdentifier(), 7016 TInfo); 7017 7018 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7019 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7020 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7021 return NewTD; 7022 } 7023 7024 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7025 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7026 7027 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7028 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7029 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7030 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7031 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7032 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7033 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7034 case TST_enum: 7035 case TST_struct: 7036 case TST_union: 7037 case TST_class: { 7038 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7039 7040 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7041 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7042 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7043 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7044 7045 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7046 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7047 7048 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7049 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7050 break; 7051 7052 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7053 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7054 break; 7055 } 7056 7057 default: 7058 break; 7059 } 7060 7061 return NewTD; 7062} 7063 7064 7065/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7066/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7067/// 7068/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7069bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7070 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7071 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7072 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7073 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7074 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7075 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7076 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7077 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7078 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7079 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7080 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7081 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7082 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7083 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7084 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7085 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7086 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7087 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7088 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7089 return true; 7090 7091 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7092 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7093 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7094 bool isTemplate = false; 7095 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7096 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7097 7098 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7099 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7100 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7101 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7102 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7103 return true; 7104 } 7105 7106 if (isDefinition) { 7107 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7108 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7109 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7110 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7111 return true; 7112 } 7113 7114 bool previousMismatch = false; 7115 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7116 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7117 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7118 if (!previousMismatch) { 7119 previousMismatch = true; 7120 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7121 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7122 } 7123 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7124 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7125 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7126 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7127 "class" : "struct"); 7128 } 7129 } 7130 return true; 7131 } 7132 7133 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7134 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7135 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7136 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7137 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7138 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7139 return true; 7140 } 7141 7142 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7143 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7144 << isTemplate << &Name; 7145 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7146 7147 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7148 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7149 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7150 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7151 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7152 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7153 } 7154 7155 return true; 7156 } 7157 return false; 7158} 7159 7160/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7161/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7162/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7163/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7164Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7165 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7166 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7167 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7168 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7169 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7170 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7171 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7172 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7173 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7174 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7175 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7176 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7177 7178 OwnedDecl = false; 7179 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7180 7181 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7182 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7183 bool Invalid = false; 7184 7185 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7186 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7187 // for non-C++ cases. 7188 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7189 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7190 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7191 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7192 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7193 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7194 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7195 isExplicitSpecialization, 7196 Invalid)) { 7197 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7198 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7199 // be a member of another template). 7200 7201 if (Invalid) 7202 return 0; 7203 7204 OwnedDecl = false; 7205 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7206 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7207 TemplateParams, AS, 7208 ModulePrivateLoc, 7209 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7210 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7211 return Result.get(); 7212 } else { 7213 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7214 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7215 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7216 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7217 } 7218 } 7219 } 7220 7221 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7222 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7223 // redeclaration. 7224 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7225 7226 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7227 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7228 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7229 // type, default to int. 7230 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7231 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7232 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7233 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7234 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7235 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7236 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7237 7238 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7239 7240 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7241 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7242 << T; 7243 // Recover by falling back to int. 7244 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7245 } 7246 7247 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7248 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7249 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7250 7251 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7252 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7253 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7254 } 7255 7256 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7257 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7258 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7259 7260 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7261 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7262 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7263 7264 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7265 7266 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7267 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7268 7269 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7270 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7271 Name = 0; 7272 goto CreateNewDecl; 7273 } 7274 7275 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7276 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7277 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7278 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7279 if (!DC) { 7280 IsDependent = true; 7281 return 0; 7282 } 7283 } else { 7284 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7285 if (!DC) { 7286 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7287 << SS.getRange(); 7288 return 0; 7289 } 7290 } 7291 7292 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7293 return 0; 7294 7295 SearchDC = DC; 7296 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7297 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7298 7299 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7300 return 0; 7301 7302 if (Previous.empty()) { 7303 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7304 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7305 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7306 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7307 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7308 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7309 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7310 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7311 IsDependent = true; 7312 return 0; 7313 } 7314 7315 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7316 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7317 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7318 Name = 0; 7319 Invalid = true; 7320 goto CreateNewDecl; 7321 } 7322 } else if (Name) { 7323 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7324 // declaration or definition. 7325 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7326 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7327 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7328 LookupName(Previous, S); 7329 7330 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7331 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7332 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7333 while (F.hasNext()) { 7334 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7335 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7336 F.erase(); 7337 } 7338 F.done(); 7339 } 7340 7341 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7342 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7343 return 0; 7344 7345 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7346 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7347 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7348 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7349 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7350 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7351 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7352 } 7353 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7354 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7355 // initial context to the translation unit. 7356 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7357 } 7358 7359 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7360 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7361 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7362 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7363 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7364 Previous.clear(); 7365 } 7366 7367 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7368 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7369 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7370 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7371 7372 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7373 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7374 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7375 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7376 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7377 } 7378 } 7379 7380 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7381 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7382 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7383 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7384 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7385 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7386 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7387 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7388 7389 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7390 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7391 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7392 // 7393 // class-key identifier 7394 // 7395 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 7396 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 7397 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 7398 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 7399 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 7400 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 7401 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 7402 // declaration. 7403 // 7404 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 7405 // C structs and unions. 7406 // 7407 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 7408 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 7409 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 7410 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 7411 // 7412 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 7413 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 7414 // 7415 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 7416 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 7417 // lexical context, 7418 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 7419 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7420 7421 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 7422 while (S->isClassScope() || 7423 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7424 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 7425 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 7426 (S->getEntity() && 7427 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 7428 S = S->getParent(); 7429 } else { 7430 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 7431 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 7432 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 7433 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 7434 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 7435 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 7436 } 7437 7438 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 7439 // diagnose some problems. 7440 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7441 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 7442 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 7443 } 7444 } 7445 7446 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7447 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 7448 7449 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 7450 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 7451 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 7452 // in C++. 7453 // 7454 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 7455 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 7456 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 7457 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 7458 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7459 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7460 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 7461 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 7462 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 7463 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 7464 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 7465 PrevDecl = Tag; 7466 Previous.clear(); 7467 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 7468 Previous.resolveKind(); 7469 } 7470 } 7471 } 7472 } 7473 7474 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7475 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 7476 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 7477 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 7478 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 7479 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7480 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 7481 // struct or something similar. 7482 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 7483 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 7484 *Name)) { 7485 bool SafeToContinue 7486 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 7487 Kind != TTK_Enum); 7488 if (SafeToContinue) 7489 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 7490 << Name 7491 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 7492 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 7493 else 7494 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 7495 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7496 7497 if (SafeToContinue) 7498 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 7499 else { 7500 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 7501 Name = 0; 7502 Previous.clear(); 7503 Invalid = true; 7504 } 7505 } 7506 7507 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 7508 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 7509 7510 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 7511 // returning the previous declaration. 7512 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 7513 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 7514 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 7515 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7516 return PrevTagDecl; 7517 } 7518 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7519 QualType T; 7520 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7521 T = TI->getType(); 7522 else 7523 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 7524 7525 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 7526 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 7527 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 7528 << T 7529 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 7530 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7531 return PrevTagDecl; 7532 } 7533 } 7534 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 7535 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 7536 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 7537 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7538 return PrevTagDecl; 7539 } 7540 } 7541 7542 if (!Invalid) { 7543 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 7544 7545 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 7546 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 7547 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 7548 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 7549 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 7550 getLangOptions().Microsoft)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 7551 return PrevTagDecl; 7552 7553 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 7554 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 7555 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 7556 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 7557 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 7558 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 7559 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 7560 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 7561 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7562 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 7563 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 7564 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7565 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 7566 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 7567 // references get the previous definition. 7568 Name = 0; 7569 Previous.clear(); 7570 Invalid = true; 7571 } 7572 } else { 7573 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 7574 // about a nested redefinition. 7575 const TagType *Tag 7576 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 7577 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 7578 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 7579 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 7580 diag::note_previous_definition); 7581 Name = 0; 7582 Previous.clear(); 7583 Invalid = true; 7584 } 7585 } 7586 7587 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 7588 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 7589 } 7590 } 7591 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 7592 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 7593 7594 } else { 7595 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 7596 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 7597 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 7598 // have distinct types. 7599 Previous.clear(); 7600 } 7601 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 7602 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 7603 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 7604 7605 7606 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 7607 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 7608 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 7609 } else { 7610 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 7611 7612 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 7613 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 7614 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 7615 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 7616 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 7617 unsigned Kind = 0; 7618 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7619 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7620 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7621 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 7622 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 7623 Invalid = true; 7624 7625 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 7626 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 7627 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 7628 // do nothing 7629 7630 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 7631 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7632 unsigned Kind = 0; 7633 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7634 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 7635 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 7636 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 7637 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7638 Invalid = true; 7639 7640 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 7641 // case here. 7642 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7643 unsigned Kind = 0; 7644 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 7645 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 7646 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 7647 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 7648 Invalid = true; 7649 7650 // Otherwise, diagnose. 7651 } else { 7652 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7653 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7654 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7655 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7656 Name = 0; 7657 Invalid = true; 7658 } 7659 7660 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7661 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7662 Previous.clear(); 7663 } 7664 } 7665 7666CreateNewDecl: 7667 7668 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7669 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7670 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7671 7672 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7673 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7674 // keyword. 7675 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7676 7677 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7678 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7679 // PrevDecl. 7680 TagDecl *New; 7681 7682 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7683 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7684 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7685 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7686 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7687 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7688 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7689 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7690 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7691 TagDecl *Def; 7692 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7693 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7694 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7695 } 7696 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7697 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7698 << New; 7699 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7700 } else { 7701 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7702 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7703 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7704 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7705 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7706 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7707 7708 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7709 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7710 // the declaration context. 7711 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7712 IsForwardReference = true; 7713 } 7714 } 7715 7716 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7717 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7718 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7719 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7720 else 7721 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7722 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7723 } 7724 7725 } else { 7726 // struct/union/class 7727 7728 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7729 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7730 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7731 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7732 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7733 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7734 7735 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7736 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7737 } else 7738 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7739 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7740 } 7741 7742 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7743 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7744 if (SS.isSet()) { 7745 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7746 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7747 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7748 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7749 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7750 } 7751 } 7752 else 7753 Invalid = true; 7754 } 7755 7756 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7757 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7758 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7759 // 7760 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7761 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7762 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7763 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7764 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7765 // parsing of the struct). 7766 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7767 7768 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 7769 } 7770 7771 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isModulePrivate()) 7772 New->setModulePrivate(); 7773 else if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 7774 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 7775 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7776 << 2 7777 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7778 else if (PrevDecl && !PrevDecl->isModulePrivate()) 7779 diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(New, PrevDecl, ModulePrivateLoc); 7780 else 7781 New->setModulePrivate(); 7782 } 7783 7784 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7785 // check the specialization. 7786 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7787 Invalid = true; 7788 7789 if (Invalid) 7790 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7791 7792 if (Attr) 7793 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7794 7795 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7796 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7797 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7798 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7799 7800 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7801 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7802 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7803 7804 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7805 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 7806 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 7807 // the tag name visible. 7808 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7809 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 7810 getLangOptions().Microsoft); 7811 7812 // Set the access specifier. 7813 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7814 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7815 7816 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7817 New->startDefinition(); 7818 7819 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7820 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7821 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7822 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7823 if (PrevDecl) 7824 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7825 7826 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7827 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7828 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7829 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7830 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7831 } else if (Name) { 7832 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7833 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7834 if (IsForwardReference) 7835 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7836 7837 } else { 7838 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7839 } 7840 7841 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7842 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7843 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7844 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7845 II->isStr("FILE")) 7846 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7847 7848 OwnedDecl = true; 7849 return New; 7850} 7851 7852void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7853 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7854 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7855 7856 // Enter the tag context. 7857 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7858} 7859 7860void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 7861 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 7862 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 7863 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 7864 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 7865 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 7866 CurContext = OCD; 7867} 7868 7869void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7870 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7871 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7872 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7873 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7874 7875 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7876 7877 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7878 return; 7879 7880 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7881 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7882 7883 // C++ [class]p2: 7884 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7885 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7886 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7887 // as if it were a public member name. 7888 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7889 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7890 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7891 Record->getIdentifier(), 7892 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7893 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7894 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7895 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7896 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7897 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7898 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7899 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7900 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7901 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7902} 7903 7904void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7905 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7906 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7907 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7908 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7909 7910 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7911 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7912 7913 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7914 PopDeclContext(); 7915 7916 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7917 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7918} 7919 7920void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 7921 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 7922 PopDeclContext(); 7923} 7924 7925void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7926 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7927 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7928 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7929 7930 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7931 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7932 // the FieldCollector. 7933 7934 PopDeclContext(); 7935} 7936 7937// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7938bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7939 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7940 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7941 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7942 if (ZeroWidth) 7943 *ZeroWidth = true; 7944 7945 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7946 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7947 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7948 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7949 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7950 return true; 7951 if (FieldName) 7952 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7953 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7954 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7955 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7956 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7957 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7958 return true; 7959 7960 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7961 // it now. 7962 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7963 return false; 7964 7965 llvm::APSInt Value; 7966 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7967 return true; 7968 7969 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7970 *ZeroWidth = false; 7971 7972 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7973 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7974 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7975 7976 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7977 if (FieldName) 7978 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7979 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7980 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7981 << Value.toString(10); 7982 } 7983 7984 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7985 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7986 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7987 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7988 if (FieldName) 7989 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7990 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7991 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7992 7993 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7994 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7995 } 7996 7997 if (FieldName) 7998 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7999 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8000 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8001 else 8002 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8003 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8004 } 8005 } 8006 8007 return false; 8008} 8009 8010/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8011/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8012Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8013 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8014 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8015 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8016 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8017 return Res; 8018} 8019 8020/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8021/// 8022FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8023 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8024 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8025 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8026 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8027 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8028 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8029 8030 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8031 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8032 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8033 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8034 8035 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8036 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8037 D.setInvalidType(); 8038 T = Context.IntTy; 8039 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8040 } 8041 } 8042 8043 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8044 8045 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8046 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8047 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8048 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8049 << 2; 8050 8051 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8052 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8053 LookupName(Previous, S); 8054 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 8055 Previous.isSingleResult()) 8056 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 8057 8058 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 8059 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 8060 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8061 8062 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8063 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8064 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8065 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8066 PrevDecl = 0; 8067 } 8068 8069 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8070 PrevDecl = 0; 8071 8072 bool Mutable 8073 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8074 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8075 FieldDecl *NewFD 8076 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8077 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8078 8079 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8080 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8081 8082 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8083 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8084 8085 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8086 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8087 // with the same name in the same scope. 8088 } else if (II) { 8089 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8090 } else 8091 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8092 8093 return NewFD; 8094} 8095 8096/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8097/// 8098/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8099/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8100/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8101/// created. 8102/// 8103/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8104/// 8105/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8106FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8107 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8108 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8109 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8110 SourceLocation TSSL, 8111 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8112 Declarator *D) { 8113 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8114 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8115 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8116 8117 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8118 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8119 if (T.isNull()) { 8120 InvalidDecl = true; 8121 T = Context.IntTy; 8122 } 8123 8124 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8125 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8126 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8127 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8128 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8129 InvalidDecl = true; 8130 } 8131 8132 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8133 // than a variably modified type. 8134 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8135 bool SizeIsNegative; 8136 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8137 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8138 SizeIsNegative, 8139 Oversized); 8140 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8142 T = FixedTy; 8143 } else { 8144 if (SizeIsNegative) 8145 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8146 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8147 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8148 << Oversized.toString(10); 8149 else 8150 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8151 InvalidDecl = true; 8152 } 8153 } 8154 8155 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8156 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8157 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8158 AbstractFieldType)) 8159 InvalidDecl = true; 8160 8161 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8162 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8163 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 8164 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 8165 InvalidDecl = true; 8166 BitWidth = 0; 8167 ZeroWidth = false; 8168 } 8169 8170 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8171 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8172 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8173 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8174 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8175 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8176 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8177 8178 if (DiagID) { 8179 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8180 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8181 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8182 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8183 Mutable = false; 8184 InvalidDecl = true; 8185 } 8186 } 8187 8188 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8189 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8190 if (InvalidDecl) 8191 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8192 8193 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8194 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8195 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8196 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8197 } 8198 8199 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8200 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8201 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8202 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8203 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8204 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8205 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8206 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8207 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8208 // objects. 8209 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8210 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8211 } 8212 } 8213 8214 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8215 // the program is ill-formed. 8216 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8217 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8218 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8219 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8220 } 8221 } 8222 } 8223 8224 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8225 // representation, not a parser representation. 8226 if (D) 8227 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8228 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8229 8230 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8231 // retainable type. 8232 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8233 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8234 8235 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8236 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8237 8238 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8239 return NewFD; 8240} 8241 8242bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8243 assert(FD); 8244 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8245 8246 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8247 return true; 8248 8249 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8250 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8251 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8252 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8253 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8254 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8255 // copy constructors. 8256 8257 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8258 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8259 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8260 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8261 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8262 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8263 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8264 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8265 member = CXXDestructor; 8266 8267 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8268 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8269 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8270 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8271 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8272 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8273 // members unavailable. 8274 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8275 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8276 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8277 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8278 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8279 return false; 8280 } 8281 } 8282 8283 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8284 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8285 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8286 return true; 8287 } 8288 } 8289 } 8290 8291 return false; 8292} 8293 8294/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8295/// special member, figure out why. 8296void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8297 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8298 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8299 8300 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8301 switch (member) { 8302 case CXXInvalid: 8303 break; 8304 8305 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8306 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8307 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8308 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 8309 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 8310 ci->hasBody(body); 8311 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 8312 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 8313 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8314 return; 8315 } 8316 } 8317 8318 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 8319 return; 8320 } 8321 break; 8322 8323 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8324 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8325 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8326 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8327 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8328 return; 8329 } 8330 break; 8331 8332 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8333 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8334 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8335 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8336 return; 8337 } 8338 break; 8339 8340 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8341 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 8342 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 8343 // assignment, not the type. 8344 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8345 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8346 return; 8347 } 8348 break; 8349 8350 case CXXMoveAssignment: 8351 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 8352 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 8353 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8354 return; 8355 } 8356 break; 8357 8358 case CXXDestructor: 8359 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 8360 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 8361 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8362 return; 8363 } 8364 break; 8365 } 8366 8367 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 8368 8369 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 8370 // but not trivial destruction. 8371 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 8372 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 8373 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 8374 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 8375 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 8376 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8377 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 8378 return; 8379 } 8380 8381 // Check for virtual methods. 8382 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 8383 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 8384 ++mi) { 8385 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 8386 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8387 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 8388 return; 8389 } 8390 } 8391 } 8392 8393 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 8394 switch (member) { 8395 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8396 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 8397 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8398 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 8399 case CXXCopyAssignment: 8400 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 8401 case CXXDestructor: 8402 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 8403 default: 8404 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 8405 } 8406 8407 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 8408 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 8409 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8410 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 8411 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 8412 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 8413 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8414 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 8415 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 8416 return; 8417 } 8418 } 8419 8420 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 8421 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 8422 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 8423 ++fi) { 8424 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 8425 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8426 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 8427 8428 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 8429 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 8430 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 8431 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 8432 return; 8433 } 8434 } 8435 8436 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 8437 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 8438 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8439 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8440 break; 8441 8442 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8443 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8444 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8445 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 8446 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 8447 return; 8448 } 8449 } 8450 } 8451 8452 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 8453} 8454 8455/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 8456/// AST enum value. 8457static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 8458TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 8459 switch (ivarVisibility) { 8460 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 8461 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 8462 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 8463 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 8464 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 8465 } 8466} 8467 8468/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 8469/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 8470Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 8471 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8472 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 8473 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 8474 8475 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8476 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 8477 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8478 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8479 8480 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 8481 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 8482 8483 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8484 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8485 8486 if (BitWidth) { 8487 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 8488 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 8489 D.setInvalidType(); 8490 BitWidth = 0; 8491 } 8492 } else { 8493 // Not a bitfield. 8494 8495 // validate II. 8496 8497 } 8498 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 8499 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 8500 D.setInvalidType(); 8501 } 8502 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8503 // than a variably modified type. 8504 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8505 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 8506 D.setInvalidType(); 8507 } 8508 8509 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 8510 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 8511 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 8512 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 8513 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 8514 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 8515 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 8516 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8517 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8518 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 8519 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 8520 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 8521 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 8522 } 8523 else 8524 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8525 } else { 8526 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8527 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8528 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 8529 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 8530 return 0; 8531 } 8532 } 8533 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 8534 } 8535 8536 // Construct the decl. 8537 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 8538 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 8539 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 8540 8541 if (II) { 8542 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 8543 ForRedeclaration); 8544 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 8545 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8546 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8547 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8548 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8549 } 8550 } 8551 8552 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 8553 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 8554 8555 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8556 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8557 8558 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 8559 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 8560 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 8561 8562 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8563 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 8564 8565 if (II) { 8566 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 8567 // these to the interface. 8568 S->AddDecl(NewID); 8569 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 8570 } 8571 8572 return NewID; 8573} 8574 8575/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 8576/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 8577/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 8578/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 8579void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 8580 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 8581 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 8582 return; 8583 8584 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 8585 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 8586 8587 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 8588 return; 8589 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 8590 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 8591 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 8592 return; 8593 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 8594 if (!ID) { 8595 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 8596 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 8597 return; 8598 } 8599 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 8600 else 8601 return; 8602 } 8603 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 8604 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 8605 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 8606 8607 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 8608 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 8609 Context.CharTy, 8610 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 8611 DeclLoc), 8612 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 8613 true); 8614 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 8615} 8616 8617void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 8618 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 8619 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 8620 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 8621 AttributeList *Attr) { 8622 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 8623 8624 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 8625 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 8626 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8627 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 8628 return; 8629 } 8630 8631 8632 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 8633 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 8634 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 8635 8636 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 8637 bool ARCErrReported = false; 8638 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 8639 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 8640 8641 // Get the type for the field. 8642 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 8643 8644 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 8645 // Remember all fields written by the user. 8646 RecFields.push_back(FD); 8647 } 8648 8649 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 8650 // diagnostics about it. 8651 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8652 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8653 continue; 8654 } 8655 8656 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 8657 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 8658 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 8659 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 8660 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 8661 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 8662 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 8663 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 8664 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 8665 // array. 8666 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 8667 // Field declared as a function. 8668 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 8669 << FD->getDeclName(); 8670 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8671 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8672 continue; 8673 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 8674 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 8675 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 8676 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 8677 // Flexible array member. 8678 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 8679 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 8680 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 8681 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8682 if (Record->isUnion()) 8683 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 8684 << FD->getDeclName(); 8685 else if (NumFields == 1) 8686 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 8687 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8688 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8689 if (Record->isUnion()) 8690 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 8691 << FD->getDeclName(); 8692 else if (NumFields == 1) 8693 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 8694 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 8695 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 8696 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 8697 << FD->getDeclName(); 8698 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8699 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8700 continue; 8701 } 8702 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 8703 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 8704 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 8705 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8706 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8707 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8708 continue; 8709 } 8710 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 8711 if (Record) 8712 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8713 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 8714 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 8715 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8716 // Incomplete type 8717 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8718 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8719 continue; 8720 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8721 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 8722 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 8723 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 8724 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8725 } else { 8726 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 8727 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 8728 // structures. 8729 if (i != NumFields-1) 8730 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 8731 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 8732 else { 8733 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 8734 // other structs as an extension. 8735 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 8736 << FD->getDeclName(); 8737 if (Record) 8738 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 8739 } 8740 } 8741 } 8742 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8743 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8744 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 8745 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 8746 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 8747 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 8748 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 8749 FD->setType(T); 8750 } 8751 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8752 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 8753 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 8754 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 8755 // so we just make the field unavailable. 8756 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 8757 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 8758 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8759 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 8760 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 8761 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 8762 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 8763 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 8764 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 8765 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8766 } 8767 } else { 8768 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct); 8769 } 8770 ARCErrReported = true; 8771 } 8772 } 8773 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8774 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8775 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 8776 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8777 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 8778 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8779 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8780 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8781 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 8782 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8783 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8784 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8785 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 8786 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8787 } 8788 } 8789 } 8790 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8791 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8792 ++NumNamedMembers; 8793 } 8794 8795 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8796 if (Record) { 8797 bool Completed = false; 8798 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8799 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8800 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8801 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8802 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8803 I != E; ++I) 8804 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8805 8806 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8807 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 8808 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 8809 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 8810 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 8811 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 8812 // 8813 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 8814 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 8815 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 8816 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 8817 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 8818 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8819 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 8820 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 8821 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 8822 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8823 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 8824 << CXXRecord; 8825 } else { 8826 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 8827 // for them is going to be tricky. 8828 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8829 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8830 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8831 << CXXRecord << 0; 8832 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8833 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8834 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8835 << CXXRecord << 1; 8836 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8837 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 8838 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 8839 << CXXRecord << 2; 8840 } 8841 } 8842 8843 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 8844 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8845 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 8846 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 8847 8848 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8849 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8850 8851 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8852 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8853 // problem now. 8854 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8855 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8856 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8857 8858 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8859 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8860 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8861 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8862 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8863 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8864 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8865 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8866 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8867 continue; 8868 8869 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8870 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8871 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8872 // program is ill-formed. 8873 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8874 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8875 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8876 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8877 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8878 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8879 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8880 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8881 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8882 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8883 8884 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8885 } 8886 } 8887 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8888 Completed = true; 8889 } 8890 } 8891 } 8892 } 8893 8894 if (!Completed) 8895 Record->completeDefinition(); 8896 8897 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 8898 // we were missing. 8899 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 8900 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 8901 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 8902 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 8903 break; 8904 8905 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 8906 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 8907 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 8908 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 8909 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 8910 } 8911 8912 } else { 8913 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8914 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8915 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8916 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8917 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8918 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8919 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8920 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8921 } 8922 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8923 // duplicates. 8924 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8925 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8926 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8927 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8928 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8929 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8930 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8931 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8932 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8933 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8934 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8935 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8936 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8937 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8938 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8939 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8940 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8941 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8942 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8943 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8944 } 8945 } 8946 } 8947 8948 if (Attr) 8949 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8950 8951 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8952 // set the visibility of this record. 8953 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8954 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8955} 8956 8957/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8958/// the given type T. 8959static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8960 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8961 QualType T) { 8962 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8963 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8964 8965 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8966 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 8967 --BitWidth; 8968 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8969 } 8970 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8971} 8972 8973// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8974// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8975static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8976 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8977 // enum checking below. 8978 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8979 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8980 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8981 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8982 }; 8983 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8984 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8985 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8986 }; 8987 8988 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8989 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8990 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8991 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8992 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8993 return Types[I]; 8994 8995 return QualType(); 8996} 8997 8998EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8999 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9000 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9001 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9002 Expr *Val) { 9003 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9004 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9005 QualType EltTy; 9006 9007 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9008 Val = 0; 9009 9010 if (Val) { 9011 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9012 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9013 else { 9014 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9015 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9016 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9017 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 9018 Val = 0; 9019 } else { 9020 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9021 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9022 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9023 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9024 // representable as an int. 9025 9026 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9027 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9028 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9029 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9030 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9031 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9032 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9033 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9034 } 9035 } 9036 9037 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9038 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9039 9040 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9041 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 9042 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 9043 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9044 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 9045 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9046 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9047 } else 9048 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 9049 << EltTy; 9050 } else 9051 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9052 } 9053 else { 9054 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9055 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9056 // is the type of its initializing value: 9057 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9058 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9059 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9060 } 9061 } 9062 } 9063 } 9064 9065 if (!Val) { 9066 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9067 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9068 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9069 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9070 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9071 // is the type of its initializing value: 9072 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9073 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9074 // 9075 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9076 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 9077 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9078 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9079 } 9080 else { 9081 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 9082 } 9083 } else { 9084 // Assign the last value + 1. 9085 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9086 ++EnumVal; 9087 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 9088 9089 // Check for overflow on increment. 9090 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 9091 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9092 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9093 // is the type of its initializing value: 9094 // 9095 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 9096 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 9097 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 9098 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 9099 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 9100 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 9101 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 9102 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 9103 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 9104 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 9105 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9106 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 9107 ++EnumVal; 9108 if (Enum->isFixed()) 9109 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 9110 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 9111 << EnumVal.toString(10) 9112 << EltTy; 9113 else 9114 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9115 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9116 } else { 9117 EltTy = T; 9118 } 9119 9120 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9121 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9122 // value, then increment. 9123 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9124 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9125 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9126 ++EnumVal; 9127 9128 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9129 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9130 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9131 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9132 // integral type. 9133 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9134 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9135 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9136 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9137 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9138 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9139 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9140 } 9141 } 9142 } 9143 9144 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9145 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9146 // enumerator's type. 9147 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9148 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9149 } 9150 9151 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9152 Val, EnumVal); 9153} 9154 9155 9156Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9157 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9158 AttributeList *Attr, 9159 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *val) { 9160 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9161 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9162 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9163 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 9164 9165 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9166 // we find one that is. 9167 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9168 9169 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9170 // scope. 9171 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9172 ForRedeclaration); 9173 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9174 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9175 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9176 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9177 PrevDecl = 0; 9178 } 9179 9180 if (PrevDecl) { 9181 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9182 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9183 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9184 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9185 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9186 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9187 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9188 else 9189 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9190 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9191 return 0; 9192 } 9193 } 9194 9195 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9196 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9197 // name different from T: 9198 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9199 // type 9200 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9201 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9202 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9203 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9204 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9205 9206 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9207 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9208 9209 if (New) { 9210 // Process attributes. 9211 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9212 9213 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9214 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9215 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9216 } 9217 9218 return New; 9219} 9220 9221void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9222 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9223 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9224 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9225 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9226 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9227 9228 if (Attr) 9229 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9230 9231 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9232 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9233 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9234 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9235 if (!ECD) continue; 9236 9237 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9238 } 9239 9240 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9241 return; 9242 } 9243 9244 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9245 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9246 // emit a warning. 9247 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9248 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 9249 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 9250 9251 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9252 // reverse the list. 9253 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9254 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9255 9256 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9257 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9258 9259 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9260 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9261 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9262 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9263 9264 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9265 9266 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9267 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9268 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9269 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9270 else 9271 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9272 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9273 9274 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9275 if (AllElementsInt) 9276 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9277 } 9278 9279 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9280 QualType BestType; 9281 unsigned BestWidth; 9282 9283 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9284 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9285 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9286 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9287 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9288 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9289 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9290 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9291 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9292 QualType BestPromotionType; 9293 9294 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 9295 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 9296 // enum definitions. 9297 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 9298 Packed = true; 9299 9300 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9301 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9302 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 9303 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 9304 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 9305 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9306 } 9307 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 9308 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 9309 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 9310 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9311 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 9312 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 9313 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9314 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 9315 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 9316 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 9317 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9318 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 9319 BestType = Context.IntTy; 9320 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9321 } else { 9322 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 9323 9324 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 9325 BestType = Context.LongTy; 9326 } else { 9327 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9328 9329 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 9330 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 9331 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 9332 } 9333 } 9334 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 9335 } else { 9336 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 9337 // all of the enumerator values. 9338 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 9339 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 9340 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 9341 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9342 BestWidth = CharWidth; 9343 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 9344 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 9345 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 9346 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 9347 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 9348 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 9349 BestWidth = IntWidth; 9350 BestPromotionType 9351 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9352 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 9353 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 9354 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 9355 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 9356 BestPromotionType 9357 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9358 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 9359 } else { 9360 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 9361 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 9362 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 9363 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 9364 BestPromotionType 9365 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9366 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 9367 } 9368 } 9369 9370 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 9371 // the type of the enum if needed. 9372 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9373 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9374 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9375 9376 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 9377 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 9378 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 9379 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 9380 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 9381 9382 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 9383 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9384 9385 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 9386 // the enum decl type. 9387 QualType NewTy; 9388 unsigned NewWidth; 9389 bool NewSign; 9390 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9391 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 9392 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 9393 NewWidth = IntWidth; 9394 NewSign = true; 9395 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 9396 // Already the right type! 9397 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9398 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9399 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9400 // enumeration. 9401 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9402 continue; 9403 } else { 9404 NewTy = BestType; 9405 NewWidth = BestWidth; 9406 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 9407 } 9408 9409 // Adjust the APSInt value. 9410 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 9411 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 9412 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 9413 9414 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 9415 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 9416 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 9417 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 9418 CK_IntegralCast, 9419 ECD->getInitExpr(), 9420 /*base paths*/ 0, 9421 VK_RValue)); 9422 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 9423 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 9424 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 9425 // enumeration. 9426 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9427 else 9428 ECD->setType(NewTy); 9429 } 9430 9431 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 9432 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 9433} 9434 9435Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 9436 SourceLocation StartLoc, 9437 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 9438 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 9439 9440 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 9441 AsmString, StartLoc, 9442 EndLoc); 9443 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9444 return New; 9445} 9446 9447DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, 9448 IdentifierInfo &ModuleName, 9449 SourceLocation ModuleNameLoc) { 9450 ModuleKey Module = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, 9451 ModuleName, ModuleNameLoc); 9452 if (!Module) 9453 return true; 9454 9455 // FIXME: Actually create a declaration to describe the module import. 9456 (void)Module; 9457 return DeclResult((Decl *)0); 9458} 9459 9460void 9461Sema::diagnoseModulePrivateRedeclaration(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old, 9462 SourceLocation ModulePrivateKeyword) { 9463 assert(!Old->isModulePrivate() && "Old is module-private!"); 9464 9465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_follows_public) 9466 << New->getDeclName() << SourceRange(ModulePrivateKeyword); 9467 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 9468 << Old->getDeclName(); 9469 9470 // Drop the __module_private__ from the new declaration, since it's invalid. 9471 New->setModulePrivate(false); 9472} 9473 9474void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9475 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 9477 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 9478 9479 if (PrevDecl) { 9480 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 9481 } else { 9482 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9483 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 9484 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 9485 } 9486} 9487 9488void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 9489 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 9490 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 9491 SourceLocation NameLoc, 9492 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 9493 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 9494 LookupOrdinaryName); 9495 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 9496 9497 if (PrevDecl) { 9498 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 9499 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9500 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 9501 } else { 9502 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 9503 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 9504 } 9505} 9506 9507Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 9508 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 9509} 9510